numerical assessment of material models for coated fabrics in...
TRANSCRIPT
i
Permission for use of content
The author gives permission to make this master dissertation available for consultation and to copy parts of this master dissertation for personal use. In the case of any other use, the limitations of the copyright have to be respected, in particular with regard to the obligation to state expressly the source when quoting results from this master dissertation. Kristine Vandenboer, 4 juni 2012
ii
Toelating tot bruikleen
De auteur geeft de toelating deze masterproef voor consultatie beschikbaar te stellen en delen van de masterproef te kopiëren voor persoonlijk gebruik. Elk ander gebruik valt onder de beperkingen van het auteursrecht, in het bijzonder met betrekking tot de verplichting de bron uitdrukkelijk te vermelden bij het aanhalen van resultaten uit deze masterproef. Kristine Vandenboer, 4 juni 2011
iii
Acknowledgements
The completion of this thesis has only been possible with the help of several people. Firstly, I would like to thank prof. dr. ir. Wim Van Paepegem and prof. dr. ir.-arch. Marijke Mollaert for giving me the opportunity to work on this fascinating subject. I am especially appreciative to prof. Van Paepegem for always being supportive. The help of my supervisor dr. ir. Ali Rezaei is acknowledged, for providing the necessary guidance throughout my thesis and the useful introduction to Abaqus. Furthermore, I am grateful to several people of the Free University of Brussels for providing extensive experimental data: Paolo Topalli, dr. ir. Lars de Laet and prof. dr. ir. Danny Van Hemelrijck. I also want to thank dr. ir. Ives De Baere, ir. Nicolas Lammens and ir. Klaas Allaer who helped me with the microscopical examination of the tent fabric. Of course, the support of my parents has been essential throughout my studies and master thesis. Finally, I am very grateful to my boyfriend Mathias for believing in me and encouraging me in the moments I needed it the most with his patience, love and endless support.
Kristine Vandenboer, 4 juni 2012
iv
Numerical assessment of material models for
coated fabrics in foldable tent structures
by
Kristine Vandenboer
Masterproef ingediend tot het behalen van de academische graad van Master in de ingenieurswetenschappen: Bouwkunde
Promotoren: prof. dr. ir. Wim Van Paepegem, prof. dr. Ir. Marijke Mollaert
Begeleider: dr. ir. Ali Rezaei
Vakgroep Toegepaste materiaalwetenschappen Voorzitter: prof. dr. ir. Joris Degrieck
Faculteit Ingenieurswetenschappen en Architectuur Universiteit Gent
Academiejaar 2011–2012
Summary
At present days, the design of tent structures is based on highly simplified material models. The
aim of this thesis concerns the numerical assessment of material models for the structural
behavior of a coated fabric. To this end, the material behavior of a coated fabric is studied with
the use of both uniaxial and biaxial experiments. To obtain representative and reproducible
experimental results, an appropriate geometry of the biaxial test sample is of major importance.
For this reason, a numerical study is performed to the influence of (i) specimen size, (ii) presence
of arm slits, (iii) number of arm slits and (iv) location of arm slits, for the stress field in the central
part of the cruciform sample. Based on the obtained knowledge of the experimentally recorded
stress-strain curves, the suitability of a material model for simulating the behavior of a coated
fabric true-to-nature is judged. Several built-in material models in the finite element method
software Abaqus are examined and discussed. Starting from a very simple linear elastic material
model, we evolve to several test data based fabric material models and finally end up with the
anisotropic Hill plasticity material model.
Keywords
Coated fabric, uniaxial and biaxial experiments, Finite element method (FEM), anisotropic Hill
plasticity
v
Numerical assessment of material models for coated fabrics in foldable tent structures
Kristine Vandenboer
Supervisors: dr. ir. Ali Rezaei, prof. dr. ir. Marijke Mollaert, prof. dr. ir. Wim Van Paepegem
Abstract- At present, the design of tent structures is largely
based on highly simplified material models, leading to inaccurate results. The aim of the present thesis concerns the numerical assessment of the structural behavior of a coated fabric. Several material models in the finite element method (FEM) package Abaqus are investigated, discussed and judged.
Both uniaxial and biaxial tensile tests have been performed and analyzed in order to accurately survey the material behavior of a coated fabric. With the gained knowledge, a numerical FEM model is set up, in which various material models have been defined. The numerical computations reveal that both the test data based FABRIC model and the Hill plasticity model are appropriate for the modeling and simulation of a coated fabric.
Keywords- Coated fabric, uniaxial and biaxial experiments, Finite Element Method (FEM), anisotropic plasticity
I. INTRODUCTION
Besides the classic permanent applications, tent structures currently gain a lot of interest as temporary shelters in disaster areas or festival zones in the form of foldable structures. Current popular design methods are largely based on highly simplified material models, leading to inaccurate and misleading results, while others are so advanced and complex, demanding a unrealistic computational time for the simulation of a complete tent structure. This study strives for the golden mean, i.e. a representative material model in combination with an acceptable computation time. The proposed material models are judged on the basis of the results of the performed uniaxial and biaxial experiments.
II. MATERIAL BEHAVIOR
The coated fabric consists of woven polyester fibers covered with a polyvinylchloride (PVC) coating. It is a flexible material, having a completely different structural behavior compared to conventional rigid materials. Due to the particular weaving method, the fibers in warp direction are initially straight while the fibers in fill direction are curved. Applying an external load to the fabric results in a reallocation of the fibers, and consequently large strains. The level of fiber reallocation depends on both the load ratio and the load history [1, 2].
A. Uniaxial test
Contrary to the warp direction, large initial strains are observed in fill direction during a uniaxial test (orange arrow in figure 1 (b)), which are related to the straightening of the fibers. When decreasing the load to a pre-stress value of 2.5 MPa, the fibers in fill direction stay straight. When further reducing the applied load, the fibers partially curve back. Plasticity phenomena are observed when exceeding the yield
stress (≈ 14 MPa) in both warp and fill direction (blue arrow in figure 1 (a-b)).
Figure 1: Recorded stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test with different load cycles: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b).
B. Biaxial test
The structural behavior of a coated fabric, when applying a biaxial stress state, is investigated on a cruciform sample. The sample consists of a central part and four arms to which slits are applied. A numerical study has been performed to the influence of the geometry of the cruciform sample on the stress distribution in the central part. It is revealed that the geometrical shape of the slit tips as well as the size of the cruciform sample have a negligible influence. The number of slits and their spatial location on the other hand have a substantial influence: each slit in the arms induces a stress peak in the central part of the sample. A larger number of slits leads to smaller stress variations and a higher average stress value, which is advantageous for the correct and unambiguous interpretation of an experiment. However, the insertion of the slits is a time-consuming process, for which the neccessary expertise is required. The results of a biaxial test with each time 3 cycles of the sequencing load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0, 0:1 and 1:1 with a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa, are presented in figure 2.
Figure 2: Recorded stress-strain curve for a biaxial test with different load ratios en a maximum stress value of 24.1 MPa: warp direction
(a) and fill direction (b).
For each load ratio, a different slope in the stress-strain diagram can be observed. When passing on to the next load ratio, a small increase or decrease of the permanent strain is observed. It can be stated that the stress-strain behavior is stabilized after 3 identical loading cycles [2]. The cycles with load ratio 1:1 are applied at the beginning as well as at the end
vi
of the biaxial experiment. The recorded permanent strains at the end of the respective cycles differ from each other, which indicates that repeating a cycle cannot fully remove the influence of the load history.
III. MATERIAL MODELS
C. Linear elastic model
Many software packages are based on a linear elastic material model [3]. However a coated fabric exhibits both non-linear effects and permanent strain (figure 3). Hence, the quest for more advanced simulation techniques imparts a significant challenge in current research.
Figure 3: Numerical calculation based on a linear elastic material model (FEM) and recorded stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test:
warp direction (a) and fill direction (b).
D. Test data based FABRIC model
The FABRIC model based on experimental data is able to combine non-linearity, orthotropy and permanent strain. By implementing the experimentally observed large initial strain in fill direction, which is understood in terms of the straightening of the initially curved fill fibers, the numerical model completely accounts for this effect in a uniaxial test (figure 4 (a-b)).
Figure 4: Numerical calculation based on a test data based FABRIC model (FEM) and recorded stress-strain curve for warp direction and
fill direction: uniaxial test (a) and biaxial test (b).
Since the FABRIC model consists of a phenomenological description, the influence of the load ratio is not taken into account. This causes the strain to be overestimated for a biaxial test in the FEM model (figure 4 (c-d)). An even more important drawback concerns the missing of a coupling mechanism between the warp direction and the fill direction in the FABRIC model. This incorrect feature is reflected in the insensitivity of the slopes with respect to the load ratio in the numerically computed stress-strain curves (figure 4 (c-d)).
E. Combined orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill model
It can be expected that an elastic-plastic model provides a more realistic description for the coated fabric. Though, a major disadvantage concerns the artificial implementation of the reallocation of the fibers in the yield behavior. Furthermore, the anisotropy of the yield behavior is defined by means of a single parameter. The latter obviously limits the correct implementation of the stress-strain curve to only one of the orthotropic directions. The uniaxial and biaxial results, in which the elastic-plastic behavior is harmonized to the fill direction, are presented in figure 5. This is clearly reflected by the inferior results obtained in warp direction.
Figure 5: Numerical calculation based on the Hill model (FEM) and
recorded stress-strain curve for warp direction and fill direction: uniaxial test (a-b) and biaxial test (c-d).
IV. CONCLUSION
Both the test data based FABRIC model and the combined orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill model are investigated. It was found that both models are more appropriate to model the structural behavior of a coated fabric, compared to the widespread linear elastic material model. Both material models take into account non-linear effects as well as plasticity phenomena. The results are in reasonable agreement with the experimental uniaxial and biaxial results. Though, caution is needed: in this study, the material models were applied to small-scale samples. Further research is required to grasp the material behavior of a complete foldable tent structure.
V. REFERENCES
[1] Bridgens, B.N., P.D. Gosling, and M.J.S. Birchall, Membrane material behavior: concepts, practice and developments, in The structural engineer. 2003. p. 6.
[2] Galliot, C. and R.H. Luchsinger, Determination of the response of coated fabrics under biaxial stress: Comparison between different test procedures, in International conference on textile composites and inflatable structures: Strucural membranes, E. Onate, B. Kroplin, and K.-U. Bletzinger, Editors. 2011. p. 12.
[3] Uhlemann, J., et al., Effects on elastic constants of technical membranes applying the evaluation methods of MSAJ/M-02-1995, in International conference on Textile Composites and Inflatable Structures: Structural membranes, O. E., K. B., and B. K.-U., Editors. 2011. p. 12.
vii
Numerieke studie naar materiaalmodellen voor gecoate weefsels van opvouwbare tentstructuren
Kristine Vandenboer
Begeleiders: dr. ir. Ali Rezaei, prof. dr. ir. Marijke Mollaert, prof. dr. ir. Wim Van Paepegem
Abstract- Het ontwerp van tentconstructies gebeurt momenteel met behulp van softwarepakketten die gebaseerd zijn op sterk vereenvoudigde materiaalmodellen, waardoor zeer inaccurate resultaten worden bekomen. Het doel van deze thesis is de geschiktheid van verschillende materiaalmodellen in Abaqus te onderzoeken en te beoordelen voor een gecoat weefsel.
Uniaxiale en biaxiale trektesten zijn uitgevoerd en geanalyseerd om het materiaalgedrag van een gecoat weefsel zo accuraat mogelijk in kaart te brengen. Met behulp van de verworven kennis uit de experimenten, is een numeriek model opgesteld. De numerieke berekeningen onthullen dat zowel het FABRIC model, met als input werkelijke testgegevens, als het Hill plasticiteitsmodel geschikt zijn om het materiaalgedrag van een gecoat weefsel realistisch te modelleren en simuleren.
Trefwoorden- Gecoat weefsel, uniaxiale en biaxiale experimenten, eindige elementen methode (EEM), anisotrope plasticiteit
I. INLEIDING
Tentconstructies worden, behalve voor permanente toepassingen, steeds vaker ingezet als tijdelijke schuilplaatsen in rampgebieden en op festivalweides onder de vorm van opvouwbare structuren. De bestaande ontwerpmethoden zijn echter gebaseerd op uiterst vereenvoudigde materiaalmodellen die leiden tot grote onnauwkeurigheden en zelfs tot problemen tijdens de montage van tentstructuren. Andere materiaal-modellen zijn daarentegen zo geavanceerd en complex dat deze gepaard gaan met extreem hoge rekentijden, en bijgevolg onbruikbaar zijn bij het ontwerp van een volledige tentconstructie. Deze studie bewandelt de gulden middenweg, namelijk de combinatie van een accuraat materiaalmodel en een acceptabele berekeningstijd. De voorgestelde materiaal-modellen worden beoordeeld op basis van de resultaten van de uitgevoerde uni- en biaxiaaltesten.
II. MATERIAALGEDRAG
Het gecoat weefsel bestaat uit gewoven polyestervezels bedekt met een polyvinylchloride (PVC) coating. Het is een soepel materiaal waarvan het structureel gedrag sterk verschilt van alledaagse starre materialen. De weefmethode zorgt ervoor dat de vezels in scheringrichting aanvankelijk recht zijn, terwijl de vezels in inslagrichting gekromd zijn. Wanneer het weefsel onderworpen wordt aan een uni- of biaxiale trek-belasting, zullen de vezels zich herschikken, namelijk strekken of krommen, wat resulteert in grote vervormingen. De mate van herschikking van de vezels is afhankelijk van zowel de belastingverhouding als de belastinggeschiedenis [1, 2].
A. Uniaxiaaltest
In tegenstelling tot de scheringrichting, leidt een uniaxiaal-test in inslagrichting tot grote initiële rekken (oranje pijl in figuur 1 (b)), die veroorzaakt worden door het strekken van de
vezels. Bij het verminderen van de belasting tot 2.5 MPa blijven de inslagvezels gestrekt, bij lagere spanningen krom-men deze gedeeltelijk terug. Na het bereiken van de vloeigrens (≈ 14 MPa) treden plasticiteitsverschijnselen op in zowel schering- als inslagrichting (blauwe pijl in figuur 1(a-b)).
Figuur 1: Spanning-rek diagram opgemeten tijdens een uniaxiaaltest met verschillende belastings- en ontlastingscycli: scheringrichting (a)
en inslagrichting (b)
B. Biaxiaaltest
Het gedrag van het gecoat weefsel onder een biaxiale spanningstoestand wordt onderzocht met behulp van een kruisvormig proefstuk, dat bestaat uit een centraal deel en vier armen die verdeeld worden door snedes. Er is een numerieke studie uitgevoerd naar de invloed van de geometrie van het proefstuk op de spanningsverdeling in het centrale deel. Hierruit blijkt dat zowel de vorm van de snedeuiteindes als de grootte van het proefstuk een verwaarloosbare invloed hebben. Het aantal snedes en hun locatie daarentegen beinvloeden wel degelijk de spannings-toestand: elke snede in de arm induceert een spanningspiek in het centrale gedeelte. Een groter aantal snedes leidt tot kleinere lokale piekwaarden en een hogere gemiddelde spanningswaarde, wat voordelig is voor een correcte en eenduidige interpretatie van een experiment. Langs de andere kant is het aanbrengen van snedes een zeer tijdrovend proces, waarvoor de nodige expertise vereist is. In figuur 2 zijn de resultaten van een biaxiaal test met telkens 3 cycli van de opeenvolgende belastingverhoudingen 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0, 0:1 en 1:1 getoond, waarin de maximale aangelegde spanning 24.1 MPa bedraagt.
Figuur 2: Spanning-rek diagram opgemeten tijdens een biaxiaaltest met verschillende belastingverhoudingen en een maximale spanning
van 24.1 MPa: scheringrichting (a) en inslagrichting (b).
Met elke belastingverhouding stemt een verschillende helling van het spanning-rek diagram overeen. Bij de
viii
overgang naar een volgende belastingsverhouding, wordt een kleine toe- of afname van de permanente rek waargenomen. Men kan stellen dat na 3 identieke cycli, het spanning-rek gedrag zich stabiliseert [2]. De belasting-verhouding 1:1 wordt zowel aan het begin als aan het einde van het experiment aangelegd. De permanente rek opgemeten aan het eind van deze cycli is verchillend, waaruit blijkt dat het herhalen van eenzelfde cyclus de invloed van de belastinggeschiedenis niet volledig kan wegnemen.
III. MATERIAALMODELLERING
C. Lineair elastisch model
Veel softwaremodellen zijn gebaseerd op een lineair elastisch materiaalmodel [3]. Een gecoat weefsel vertoont echter zowel niet-lineair gedrag als permanente rek, wat de noodzaak voor meer geavanceerde materiaalmodellen uitdrukt (zie figuur 3).
Figuur 3: Berekening op basis van een lineair elastisch model (EEM)
en experimenteel spanning-rek diagram voor een uniaxiaaltest: scheringrichting (a) en inslagrichting (b).
D. FABRIC model gebaseerd op experimentele data
Het FABRIC model, gebaseerd op experimentele data, is in staat niet-lineariteit, orthotropie en permanente rek te combi-neren. Door de experimenteel waargenomen grote initiële rek in inslagrichting, ten gevolge van het strekken van de initieel gekromde vezels te implementeren, wordt dit effect in een uniaxiaaltest voorspeld door het EEM model (figuur 4 (a-b)).
Figuur 4: Berekening op basis van een FABRIC model met als input experimentele data (EEM) en opgemeten spanning-rek diagram voor schering- en inslagrichting: uniaxiaaltest (a-b) en biaxiaaltest (c-d).
Aangezien het een fenomenologische implementatie betreft, wordt de invloed van de belastingverhouding echter niet in acht genomen waardoor de rek, in het geval van een biaxiaaltest, overschat door het EEM model (figuur 4 (c-d)). Belangrijker is het ontbreken van een koppeling tussen schering- en inslagrichting in het FABRIC model, waardoor de verschillende hellingen voor verschillende belasting-verhoudingen niet tot uiting komen in het berekende spanning-rekdiagram (figuur 4 (c-d)).
E. Gecombineerd orthotroop elastisch-plastisch Hill model
Men kan verwachten dat een elastisch-plastisch model een meer realistische beschrijving biedt voor het gecoate weefsel. Het grote nadeel echter betreft de nodige implementatie van de vezelherschikking op een artificiële manier in het vloeigedrag. Daarenboven wordt de anisotropie van het Hill plasticiteitsmodel bepaald door slechts één factor. Dit beperkt een correcte implementatie van de spanning-rekdiagrammen tot één van beide orthotrope richtingen. Figuur 5 toont uniaxiale en biaxiale resultaten waarin het elastisch-plastisch gedrag is afgestemd op de inslagrichting. Dit wordt duidelijk gereflecteerd in de inferieure resultaten in de scheringrichting.
Figuur 5: Berekening op basis van het Hill model (EEM) en
experimenteel spanning-rek diagram voor schering- en inslagrichting: uniaxiaaltest (a-b) en biaxiaaltest (c-d).
IV. CONCLUSIE
Zowel het FABRIC model, gebaseerd op experimentele data, als het gecombineerd anisotroop elastisch-plastisch Hill model zijn veel performanter voor het modelleren van het materiaal gedrag van een gecoat weefsel, in vergelijking met het vaak gebruikte lineair elastisch model. Beide materiaal-modellen brengen zowel niet-lineaire effecten als plastische fenomenen in rekening, in goede overeenkomst met de experimentele resultaten. Voorzichtigheid is echter geboden: de materiaalmodellen werden toegepast op kleinschalige proefstukken, verder onderzoek is vereist naar het materiaalgedrag van een volledige opvouwbare tentstructuur.
V. REFERENTIES
[1] Bridgens, B.N., P.D. Gosling, and M.J.S. Birchall, Membrane material behavior: concepts, practice and developments, in The structural engineer. 2003. p. 6.
[2] Galliot, C. and R.H. Luchsinger, Determination of the response of coated fabrics under biaxial stress: Comparison between different test procedures, in International conference on textile composites and inflatable structures: Strucural membranes, E. Onate, B. Kroplin, and K.-U. Bletzinger, Editors. 2011. p. 12.
[3] Uhlemann, J., et al., Effects on elastic constants of technical membranes applying the evaluation methods of MSAJ/M-02-1995, in International conference on Textile Composites and Inflatable Structures: Structural membranes, O. E., K. B., and B. K.-U., Editors. 2011. p. 12.
ix
Contents
Permission for use of content ..................................................................................................................... i
Toelating tot bruikleen ................................................................................................................................ ii
Acknowledgements ..................................................................................................................................... iii
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................... iv
Extended abstract: English version ........................................................................................................... v
Extended abstract: Nederlandstalige versie ............................................................................................ vii
Contents........................................................................................................................................................ ix
Chapter 1. Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 1
1.1. Objectives ..................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2. History ........................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3. Coated fabric material and production techniques ................................................................. 2
1.4. Material used in this master thesis ............................................................................................ 4
1.4.1. Data sheet ............................................................................................................................. 4
1.4.2. Microscopic examination ................................................................................................... 5
1.5. Form and physical behavior [5, 6] ............................................................................................. 9
1.5.1. Tensioned surfaces ............................................................................................................ 10
1.4.3. Air supported structures ................................................................................................... 14
1.4.4. Air inflated structures ....................................................................................................... 15
1.4.5. Hybrid structures ............................................................................................................... 15
1.6. Quality characteristics of tensile structures ............................................................................ 16
1.6.1. Lightweight ......................................................................................................................... 16
1.6.2. Transportability ................................................................................................................. 16
1.6.3. Translucency ...................................................................................................................... 16
1.6.4. Flexibility ............................................................................................................................ 17
1.6.5. Sculptural ............................................................................................................................ 18
1.6.6. Safety ................................................................................................................................... 18
1.6.7. Weather protection ........................................................................................................... 18
1.6.8. Convertibility and adaptability ......................................................................................... 19
1.7. Internal environment ................................................................................................................ 19
1.7.1. Thermal environment ....................................................................................................... 19
1.7.2. Lighting environment ....................................................................................................... 20
1.7.3. Acoustical environment.................................................................................................... 21
Contents
x
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics .................................... 22
2.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 22
2.2. Behavior of coated membranes ............................................................................................... 22
2.2.1. Nonlinear orthotropic behavior ...................................................................................... 22
2.2.2. Crimp interchange ............................................................................................................. 22
2.2.3. Load ratio dependency ..................................................................................................... 23
2.2.4. Cycle repetition .................................................................................................................. 24
2.2.5. Load history ....................................................................................................................... 25
2.2.6. Hysteresis ............................................................................................................................ 26
2.2.7. Strain rate ............................................................................................................................ 26
2.2.8. Pre-stress ............................................................................................................................ 27
2.2.9. Tensile strength ................................................................................................................. 27
2.2.10. Influence of temperature .................................................................................................. 28
2.3. Modeling the membrane behavior .......................................................................................... 29
2.3.1. Linear elastic orthotropic plane stress model ................................................................ 29
2.3.2. Cable networks .................................................................................................................. 32
2.3.3. Piecewise linear elastic orthotropic plane stress model ............................................... 33
2.3.4. Nonlinear elastic material model, taking the influence of the load ratio into account
33
2.3.5. Response surfaces with division in quadrilaterals ......................................................... 35
2.3.6. Response surfaces without division in quadrilaterals ................................................... 35
2.3.7. Day’s method ..................................................................................................................... 36
2.3.8. Micro-mechanical models ................................................................................................ 36
2.4. Reciprocal relationship.............................................................................................................. 37
2.5. Quantifying and understanding the biaxial behavior of different membrane types ........ 38
2.6. Conclusions ................................................................................................................................ 39
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests .......................................................................................................... 41
3.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 41
3.2. Experimental setup .................................................................................................................... 41
3.3. Experimental test results .......................................................................................................... 42
3.3.1. Loading until failure .......................................................................................................... 42
3.3.2. Load cycle repetition ......................................................................................................... 44
3.4. FEM model of a uniaxial tensile test ...................................................................................... 57
3.5. Conclusions ................................................................................................................................ 59
Contents
xi
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests ............................................................................................................. 60
4.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 60
4.2. Experimental setup .................................................................................................................... 60
4.2.1. Biaxial extension of cruciform samples ......................................................................... 60
4.2.2. Bubble inflation tests ........................................................................................................ 61
4.2.3. Biaxial experimental tests for this project ...................................................................... 62
4.3. Numerical study of the geometry of the cruciform sample ................................................ 62
4.3.1. Principles and assumptions for the FEM simulation ................................................... 63
4.3.2. Shape of the slit tips .......................................................................................................... 67
4.3.3. Size of the sample.............................................................................................................. 70
4.3.4. Number of slits .................................................................................................................. 72
4.3.5. Location of slits ................................................................................................................. 76
4.4. Experimental test results .......................................................................................................... 79
4.5. Conclusions ................................................................................................................................ 83
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric ....................................................... 84
5.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 84
5.2. Selection criteria ......................................................................................................................... 84
5.3. Orthotropic linear elastic material behavior .......................................................................... 84
5.4. Orthotropic multi-linear material behavior ........................................................................... 86
5.5. Isotropic hyper elastic material behavior with permanent set ............................................ 88
5.6. Anisotropic hyper elastic material behavior .......................................................................... 90
5.6.1. Generalized Fung potential.............................................................................................. 90
5.6.2. Holzapfel-Gasser-Ogden potential ................................................................................. 91
5.7. Test data based fabric material behavior ................................................................................ 93
5.7.1. Uniaxial test data based FABRIC model ....................................................................... 95
5.7.2. Biaxial test data based FABRIC model .......................................................................... 99
5.7.3. Conclusion........................................................................................................................ 100
5.8. Combined orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill material model ................................................. 101
5.8.1. Hardening law .................................................................................................................. 103
5.8.2. Lankford ratios ................................................................................................................ 106
5.8.3. Hill’s plasticity excluding crimp interchange ............................................................... 109
5.8.4. Hill’s plasticity including crimp interchange ................................................................ 113
5.9. Overall strain field ................................................................................................................... 118
5.9.1. Strain in warp direction .................................................................................................. 118
Contents
xii
5.9.2. Strain in fill direction ...................................................................................................... 121
5.10. Conclusion ............................................................................................................................ 123
Chapter 6. Conclusions and recommendations.............................................................................. 125
Appendices ................................................................................................................................................ 128
Appendix A .......................................................................................................................................... 128
Appendix B ........................................................................................................................................... 153
Appendix C ........................................................................................................................................... 156
Bibliography .............................................................................................................................................. 159
List of figures ............................................................................................................................................ 162
List of tables .............................................................................................................................................. 171
xiii
List of acronyms
FEM Finite element method
FWO Fonds voor wetenschappelijk onderzoek
PVC Polyvinylchloride
PTFE Polytetrafluorethylene
UV Ultra violet
UTS Ultimate tensile strength
MSAJ Testing method for elastic constants of membrane materials (Japanese standard)
DIC Digital image correlation
RP Reference point
VUB Free University of Brussels
MeMC Mechanics of material and constructions
i.e. Id est
e.g. Exempli gratia
etc. Etcetera
xiv
List of symbols
Ew, Ef [Pa] Young’s modulus in warp, fill direction
Gwf [Pa] Shear modulus in the plane of the fabric
νwf, νfw [-] Poisson ratio
σw, σf [Pa] Stress in warp, fill direction
σwf [Pa] Shear stress in the plane of the fabric
εw, εf [-] Engineering strain in warp, fill direction
εwf [-] Half of the engineering shear strain
t [m] thickness
nx, ny [Pa] Tension in x-direction, y-direction
R, r [m] Radius of curvature
nij [N/m] Force density
Pij [N] Force in a segment
lij [m] Segment length
Fij [N] Force in a node
Xi, Xj, Yi, Yj, Zi, Zj [N] Force component in a node
Sg [N/m] Geometric stiffness matrix
RF [N] Reaction force
A [m2] Area
pi [Pa] Internal pressure
D [m] Diameter
d [m] Distance
γt [-] High temperature reduction factor
f1, f2 Tensile strength at 70°C, 23°C
Sε, Sσ [Pa, -] Strain error, stress error
γw, γf [-] Normalized load ratio in warp, fill direction
U [Pa] Energy potential
List of symbols
xv
x, y, z [m] Cartesian coordinates
S11, S22, S33 [Pa] Young’s modulus in warp, fill, thickness direction
S12, S13, S23 [Pa] Shear modulus in the principal planes of the fabric
E11, E22, E12 [-] Engineering strain in warp, fill, shear direction
F, Fe, Fp [-] Deformation gradient, elastic and plastic part of deformation gradient
J, Jel, Jth [-] Total volume ratio, elastic volume ratio, thermal volume ratio
bijkl [-] symmetric fourth order tensor of anisotropic material constants
��� [1/Pa] Initial deviatoric elasticity tensor
K0 [Pa] Bulk modulus
ψ� [Pa] Isochoric deformation potential
I�̅ [-] First deviatoric strain invariant
N [-] Number of families of fibers
� [-] Level of dispersion in the fiber directions
ρθ� [-] Orientation density function
E�� [-] Strain-like quantity
��� [Pa] Equivalent stress
σy0, τy0 [Pa] Reference yield stress, reference yield shear stress
� [-] Plastic strain
Rij [-] Yield stress ratio
λ [-] Stretch ratio
C(p) [-] Cost function
χ����, χ������ [-] experimental, numerical response
rα [-] Lankford ratio in the direction α rotated to the reference direction
r̅ [-] Coefficient of normal anisotropy
∆r [-] Degree of planar anisotropy
1
Chapter 1.Introduction After a short statement of the objectives of the present master thesis, the origin, the development
as well as the usage of tent structures throughout the history of mankind is described. This is
followed by a basic description about the constituents of a coated fabric as well as the production
techniques. Emphasis is put on the connection between the production method and the
structural behavior of a coated fabric, i.e. large mutual influences are present. A microscopic
examination of the coated fabric is done with the aim to obtain additional information about the
structure of the fibers and the yarns. After this, several characteristics about the form and
physical behavior of tent structures are covered, followed by an overview of the actual
improvements of tent structures compared to more classical structures. Finally, a short note is
given about the internal atmosphere of a tent structure, e.g. temperature control, acoustical
performance, etc.
1.1. Objectives The aim of this master thesis is to check the feasibility to model and simulate a tent structure
true-to-nature by means of the finite element method (FEM) software Abaqus. The design of
tent structures is nowadays mainly based on experience. At present, tent structures are
increasingly used for a variety of critical applications, while their size expands exponentially.
Several software packages were developed during the last decades, though most of them are
found on largely simplified material models and consequently cannot capture the correct
behavior of coated fabrics. On the other hand, packages were developed which use more
advanced modeling techniques. The main drawback of these packages concerns the extremely
high computation time making the simulation of a complete tent structure unrealistic. Hence a
package is needed which strikes the golden mean, i.e. an acceptable material model and a
reasonable computation time.
The FEM software Abaqus has already proven its suitability to model and simulate rigid
structures and materials. Here, the ability of modeling and simulating a coated fabric, used for
modern tent structures, will be explored and discussed. This master thesis is part of a ‘Fonds
voor Wetenschappelijk onderzoek’ (FWO) project, starting in 2012, which aims to model
transformable tent structures, including the folding and unfolding procedures. The focus of this
master thesis is limited to the modeling of the material behavior under various loading states.
However, the fact that the material model will probably be used for simulating large foldable tent
structures is always kept in mind. A variety of built-in material models in Abaqus is studied, their
appropriateness for modeling and simulating a coated fabric is examined and will be discussed in
detail. Hence the possibility of a user defined subroutine, to simulate the material behavior of a
tent structure, is not considered. In order to be able to select an appropriate material model, a
profound knowledge about the material behavior of a tent fabric is required. Therefore, a big
share of this master thesis is devoted to the understanding of the structural behavior of the
coated fabric.
Chapter 1. Introduction
2
1.2. History The history of tent structures goes back to ancient times. Nomads used them as mobile homes,
because of the comfort to break them down and rebuild them later and also because other
building materials were rare. Those initial tent structures were very simple: a skeleton made of
bones or wood draped with an animal skin.
Figure 1.1: Indian teepee.
Tents developed over the years and the animal skin was replaced by textiles, which were woven
from natural fibers like goat or sheep wool. When people started to tension them, large spans
could be achieved. Because of the tensioning, the fabric needed reinforcements and the
connections between membrane and skeleton were improved. Since then, tent structures could
be employed for several simple additional applications, e.g. shade structures, army tents, circus
tents, ceremony tents, sailing ships, etc.
Recently, the use of tent structures in advanced structural applications gained interest, due to the
improvement of the properties of the fabric material. Nowadays, textiles are characterized by a
light weight to high strength ratio, enabling large spans. Their size ranges from that of ordinary
bivouac tents, just big enough for one person, to large permanent buildings capable of seating
thousands of people. Furthermore, modern tent structures are easy to clean and have a high life
span, which makes them attractive as permanent roof structures. Besides permanent objectives,
large foldable tent structures are increasingly used as temporary housing for medical and
coordination teams during natural disasters because of their compact transportation and quick
establishment (Figure 1.2). Also at concerts and festivals, they are often used as temporary
shelters for the rain (Figure 1.3).
Figure 1.2: Emergency tent used by the Red Cross [1].
Figure 1.3: Festival tent [2].
1.3. Coated fabric material and production techniques The manufacture of textiles is one of the oldest human technologies. To make a textile, the first
requirement is a source of fibers from which a yarn can be made, primarily by spinning. Spinning
Chapter 1. Introduction
3
is the twisting together of drawn out strands of fibers. Fibers can be both natural and man-made.
Natural fibers come either from animals (e.g. sheep, goat, rabbit), minerals (e.g. asbestos) or
plants (e.g. cotton, flex, sisal). Many processes are needed before a clean even staple is obtained.
With the exception of silk, the fibers are short (several centimeters) and have a rough surface that
enables it to bond with similar staples. Artificial fibers on the other hand are made by extruding a
polymer trough a spinneret into a medium where it hardens. These fibers are lengthy but can be
batched and cut in order to process them like a natural fiber. Some examples of commonly used
fibers in tent structures are: polyester fibers, polyamide fibers, aramid fibers, polyethylene fibers,
glass fibers and steel wire. Besides its use in tent structures, textiles are further utilized in clothing,
furnishing, window shades, baskets, parachutes, sails, industrial geotextiles and composite
materials.
The yarn is processed by weaving, knitting, crocheting, knotting or pressing, which turns it into a
textile. Weaving is the common manufacturing method for tent textiles, in which a set of warp
fibers are interlaced with a set of weft or fill fibers. The warp fibers are held in tension on a loom
(Figure 1.4), while the weft or fill fibers are inserted over and under the warp fibers [3].
Figure 1.4: Loom to weave a fabric.
Because of this weaving technique, the warp fibers are more or less straight, while the fill fibers
are curved (Figure 1.5).
Figure 1.5: Woven fabric with straight warp fibers and curved fill fibers [4].
The warp and fill directions are the two orthogonal principal directions of the textile. The way
the warp and fill fibers interlace with each other is called the weave. The majority of woven
products are created with the following basic weaves: (i) plain weave, (ii) satin weave or (iii) twill
weave. In a plain weave (Figure 1.6 (a)), each fill yarn crosses the warp yarns by going over one,
then under the next, and so on. The next fill thread goes over the warp yarns, that its neighbor
Chapter 1. Introduction
4
went under and vice versa. It is the most basic of three fundamental types, because of its strength
and hardwearing. Basket weave is a variation of plain weave in which two or more fibers are
bundled and then woven as if it were one. The satin weave (Figure 1.6 (b)) is characterized by
four or more fill yarns floating over a warp yarn and vice versa. The light reflecting is not
scattered as much by the fibers, which have fewer tucks, causing a lustrous or ‘silky’ appearance.
Twill weaving (Figure 1.6 (c)) is characterized by a pattern of diagonal ribs. This is done by
passing the fill yarns over one or more warp yarns and then under two or more warp yarns and
so on, with an offset between the different rows.
Figure 1.6: Plain weave (a), Satin weave (b) and twill weave (c).
A coating is applied, which covers the outsides of the fabric and fills the holes between the fibers.
This coating protects the textile for chemical attack and UV-light, and makes it possibly water-
and airtight, anti-stain, antistatic, abrasion resistant, and printable. The choice of coating is of
critical importance because of its influence on the density, suppleness, weldability, light
transmission, cleanability and fire behavior of the fabric. Coatings that are used most in the
application of tent structures are polyvinylchloride (PVC) and polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE).
PVC is flexible, but has a restricted ultraviolet (UV)-resistance. It is mostly used for polyester
fabrics. PTFE is less flexible, but has a good resistance against several chemicals, solvents,
moisture, UV-rays, high temperatures and is dirt repellent. The PTFE coating is often used for
fabrics made of glass fibers. The nature of (i) the fibers, (ii) the matrix, (iii) the weaving method,
(iv) the coating and (v) the deposition method of the coating, all influence the material behavior
of the membrane.
1.4. Material used in this master thesis
1.4.1. Data sheet The coated fabric used in this master thesis is T2107 from the company SIOEN, and is shown in
Figure 1.7.
Chapter 1. Introduction
5
Figure 1.7: The coated fabric T2107 that is used in this master thesis.
The fibers are made of polyester (polyethylene terephthalate) and are woven with a plain weave
pattern. The fibers have a mass density of 1100 dtex (1100 grams per 10000 meters). In warp
direction the density of reinforcement is 12 yarns/cm, the one in fill direction is 13 yarns/cm.
The type of coating is a plasticized PVC, to which flame retardant additives (antimony trioxide)
and fungicide are added. The outside of the tent structure is exposed to the natural elements, e.g.
rain, sunshine, UV-rays, etc., and is therefore protected with an extra coating layer. For this
reason the outside of the material has a smooth surface (Figure 1.8 (a)) while the inside has a
typical surface profile (Figure 1.8 (b)).
Figure 1.8: Photo of the surface of the coated fabric of the outer surface (a) and the inner surface (b).
The coated fabric has a thickness t = 0.83 mm and a surface mass density of 1050 g/m2. The
company SIOEN has provided some indicating values for the strength of the material: the
breaking strength in both warp and fill direction is 96.4 MPa, the temperature at which the
material may be exposed, is in the range of -30°C to 70°C.
1.4.2. Microscopic examination In this subsection, a microscopical examination of the coated fabric is done. The aim is to
improve the knowledge about the structure of the woven fibers and the coating. From the data
sheet it is not clear whether the coating forms two separate layers, one on top and one at the
bottom of the woven fabric, or if the coating is present between the fiber bundles as well as
inside the fiber bundles.
Chapter 1. Introduction
6
Figure 1.9 and Figure 1.10 show magnifications of samples respectively cut out along the warp
and the fill direction. The applied magnification is x200.
Figure 1.9: Microscopic image (x200) of the coated fabric, cut out along the warp direction.
Figure 1.10: Microscopic image (x200) of the coated fabric, cut out along the fill direction.
The straight warp fibers (Figure 1.9) and the curved fill fibers (Figure 1.10) are clearly
distinguishable. Individual fibers perpendicular to the sheet as well as some loose fibers parallel to
the sheet can be observed in the fiber bundles. One also clearly identifies the presence of coating
between the fiber bundles. However, because of the low contrast pictures, it is not clear if coating
is present inside the fiber bundles, i.e. whether the fibers are wet or dry.
Therefore, the samples are embedded and afterwards polished. The samples are cut along warp
and fill direction and embedded in Epofix hardener, to which a fluorescent yellow pigment has
been added. If the fiber bundles are dry, the Epofix will penetrate them during hardening. A
curing cycle of one day at room temperature and 1 hour in the oven at 60°C is considered.
Afterwards, the samples are polished with different abrasive papers, having a sequential
roughness of 180, 320, 800, 1200 and 4000. The first polishing session removes burr and major
imperfections, while the last session takes off very small irregularities. The embedded samples are
shown in Figure 1.11.
Chapter 1. Introduction
7
Figure 1.11: Photos of the embedded samples in Epofix with a fluorescent yellow color.
The microscopic pictures of the polished samples cut out along the warp and fill direction are
shown in Figure 1.12 and Figure 1.13 respectively.
Figure 1.12: : Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the warp direction after embedding and polishing
with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b).
Figure 1.13: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the fill direction after embedding and polishing with
magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b).
Chapter 1. Introduction
8
It is seen that the inside of a fiber bundle has a fluorescent yellow color, indicating that the
embedding material is absorbed between the fibers. However, this does not necessarily reveal that
the fiber bundles were dry before the treatment: after further polishing them by hand, the
intensity of the fluorescent yellow color decreases, as can be seen in Figure 1.14 and Figure 1.15.
Figure 1.14: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the warp direction after embedding, polishing and
further polishing by hand with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b).
Figure 1.15: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the fill direction after embedding, polishing and
further polishing by hand with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b).
These results could indicate that the origin of the yellow color of the fibers is not to be found in
the absorption of the embedding material during hardening, but rather in the pollution of the top
of the fibers with particles of the embedding material during the mechanical polishing.
In order to make sure that the yellow shine is due to the absorption of the embedding material
into the fiber bundles, another technique is used in which the embedded material is not polished.
Instead of polishing, the top layer is removed by means of a cut-off machine. This way, the top
of the sample cannot be polluted with particles of the embedding material. The microscopic
Chapter 1. Introduction
9
pictures of the samples cut out along the warp and fill direction are shown in Figure 1.16 and
Figure 1.17 respectively.
Figure 1.16: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the warp direction after embedding and cutting by
means of a cut-off machine with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b).
Figure 1.17: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the fill direction after embedding and cutting by
means of a cut-off machine with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b).
There is still a clear yellow shine observed, indicating that the Epofix with fluorescent color was
absorbed by the fiber bundles during curing, rather than a pollution of Epofix on top of the
sample due to polishing. The fact that the fiber bundles can absorb the embedding material,
indicates that no coating was present at the inside of the fiber bundles before embedding, thus
the fibers of the coated fabric material are dry.
1.5. Form and physical behavior [5, 6] The form and physical behavior of fabric structures are very different from those of conventional
rigid structures. From an engineering point of view, tent structures are thin membranes, with a
constant thickness, able to support the imposed loads by their surface shape and pre-tensioning.
Chapter 1. Introduction
10
Four different types of membrane structures are known: (i) tensioned surfaces, (ii) air supported
structures, (iii) air inflated structures and (iv) hybrid systems. The three last ones represent the
pneumatic structures, which are characterized by an overpressure in the created cavity of the
membrane. Each of the different types will be discussed in the following subsections.
1.5.1. Tensioned surfaces Membranes are tensioned by compression and/or bending elements, such as masts, compression
rings, arches and beams. Because membranes only resist tension, the basic shape must be an
anticlastic surface, which means that the surface has both a positive and a negative curvature in
each point (figure 18). A set of ‘arching’ tensile elements (A) works in opposite way to a similar
set of ‘hanging’ elements (B).
Figure 1.18: Anticlastic surface consisting of arching (A) and hanging (B) elements [5].
The need for an anticlastic surface can be demonstrated by considering the membrane equation
(neglecting the weight of both membrane and cables):
���� + � � = 0 (1.1)
with �� = tension in x-direction (MPa), � = tension in y-direction (MPa), �� = radius of
curvature in x-direction (m) and � = radius of curvature in y-direction (m). Both the pre-
stresses �� and � are positive because of the inherent tensioned state of the membrane. Hence
the principal curvatures 1 ��$ and 1 � $ must have an opposite sign in every material point to
satisfy equation (1.1). This means that the Gaussian index %1 ��$ ∗ 1 � $ ' is negative, which
characterizes an anticlastic surfaces.
Physically, the arching set (A) and the hanging set (B) represent the orthogonal directions of the
membrane, i.e. warp and fill. This configuration provides the possibility to pre-stress the
membrane without significantly changing the overall shape of the surface. The hanging and
arching tensile elements each carry a different kind of load: downward forces are carried by the
fibers with the hanging curvature, while upward forces are carried by the fibers with the arching
curvature. The designer of the construction should make sure that the pre-stress is high enough
in order to always maintain some tension in the membrane when external loads are applied. If
Chapter 1. Introduction
11
this condition is not satisfied, wrinkles will occur in the membrane, which reduce the bearing
strength of the structure into a great extent. Some examples of anticlastic shapes are shown in
Figure 1.19.
Figure 1.19: Saddle structure (a), high point structure [2] (b), ridge and valley structure [5] (c) and hypar structure [5]
(d).
Unlike conventional stiff materials, it is impossible to impose the geometry of the membrane’s
surface. The geometry is rather defined by the ‘internal equilibrium of pre-stresses’ within the
boundary systems of the support. Under certain assumptions [6] this internal equilibrium is given
by the ‘minimal surface’ geometry of the considered system. This is an ideal state of the textile’s
geometry and can be understood by the physical analogy of the soap film because of its structural
resemblance to a membrane (only resist tension). When two ends of a wire are connected to each
other and dipped in a bath of soapy water, a soap film is formed which spans the minimal surface
for the given boundaries (Figure 1.20 and Figure 1.21). Joseph A. F. Plateau, after whom the
former building of the faculty ‘Engineering sciences and architecture’ of our university is named,
studied these phenomena. The mathematical problem of the existence of a minimal surface with
a given boundary is named for him as well [7].
Figure 1.20: Home-made soap film models, representing the minimal surface for the chosen boundaries.
Chapter 1. Introduction
12
Figure 1.21: Soap film model [8] (a) and a realized membrane structure with the same shape [9] (b).
Of all possible surfaces, for a given boundary, the minimal surface is the one with minimal
energy, i.e. the one in which the membrane is most relaxed. Using the membrane equation, the
minimal surface is achieved by the condition �)* = − �),. In this case the membrane forces �� and � are identical and a uniform tensile stress state exists in the membrane.
Sometimes several minimal surfaces can exist for given boundary conditions (degeneration). The
most common example involves the case of two parallel rings as a boundary. The possible
minimal surfaces are (i) a hyperboloid (Figure 1.22(a)) and (ii) two disks (Figure 1.22(b)). This
degeneration implies that a minimal surface exists locally.
Figure 1.22: Minimal surfaces for two parallel rings: hyperboloid (a) and two parallel rings (b) [10].
It is important to note that there are physical limitations to the boundary conditions in the
analogy of the soap films. For example, you cannot draw the two parallel rings infinitely apart
because the soap film will collapse at a certain distance d between the two rings. Day determined
the limiting ratios of ring diameters D to distance d in order to have a stable minimal surface [11].
Change of the boundary, leads to a change of the minimal surface. Boundary conditions in real
tent structures are the disposition of all elements that connect and provide support to the
membrane, e.g. masts, arches, ridge and valley cables, beams, etc. Another kind of frequently
used boundary conditions in real structures involve pre-stressed cables which support the
membrane’s surface. These pre-stressed cables can be implemented in the soap film by threads
lying within the film. In the example of the two parallel rings, a set of threads can be running
between the upper and lower ring. Instead of representing pre-stressed cables, these threads can
also represent a non-uniform and varying stress field within a slightly altered geometry with larger
pre-stress forces. Hence, the surface shape is the outcome of both the chosen boundary
conditions and the chosen pre-stress ratios within the boundary conditions. Obtaining a certain
shape of the surface is an iterative process, called 'form finding', in which the heights and spacing
of supports and pre-stress ratios are optimized. The choice of the boundary conditions is primary
to the resulting surface shape. The choice of the pre-stress ratios then modifies this shape. A
Chapter 1. Introduction
13
‘form finding method’ that is often used for tent structures is the ‘force density method’ [6],
which has the great advantage that every equilibrium state of a general network configuration is
obtained by solving a linear system of equations. Disadvantageous in this method is the
unrealistic representation of the membrane as a cable network (Figure 1.23).
Figure 1.23: Membrane structure simplified as a cable network.
The segments can either be rigid or elastic and are mutually connected by hinges. The method is
characterized by using the ‘force densities’ which are the forces Pij (N) in the segments divided by
the segment lengths lij (m), i.e. n�. = /01�01 as design parameters. By pre-defining these ‘force
densities’, the equations of the displacement method can be solved to determine the equilibrium
shape. If the segment ij is subjected to a pre-stress P�., the nodes are subjected to the forces:
34567 = 899:99;<5=5>5<6=6>6?99
@99A =
899999:99999;−B6 − B5C56−D6 − D5C56−E6 − E5C56B6 − B5C56D6 − D5C56E6 − E5C56 ?9
9999@99999A
F56 (1.2)
For every free node k in the cable network, the forces XH, YH and ZH are equal to zero. The
unknown reactions in the fixed points (the anchor points) as well as the coordinates x�, x., y�, y., z� and z. of the equilibrium shape are determined by solving the linear equations of the
displacement method:
Chapter 1. Introduction
14
899:99;<5=5>5<6=6>6?99
@99A =
899999:99999;−B6 − B5C56−D6 − D5C56−E6 − E5C56B6 − B5C56D6 − D5C56E6 − E5C56 ?9
9999@99999A
F56 =�56 NOOOOP1 0 00 1 00 0 1
−1 0 00 −1 00 0 −1−1 0 00 −1 00 0 −11 0 00 1 00 0 1 QRR
RRS89:9;B5D5E5B6D6E6?9@
9A (1.3)
in which
TUVW56 =�56 NOOOOP1 0 00 1 00 0 1
−1 0 00 −1 00 0 −1−1 0 00 −1 00 0 −11 0 00 1 00 0 1 QRR
RRS (1.4)
TSYW�. is called the geometric stiffness matrix. Equation (1.3)can be written as
ZUV� UV[UV\ UV]^ _B�B[` = _ 0�4` (1.5)
With ax�b the unknown coordinates vector of the free nodes, ax[b the known coordinates vector
of the anchor nodes and aRFb the unknown reaction forces in the anchor nodes. Solving
equation (1.5) gives the equilibrium shape and the reaction forces.
1.4.3. Air supported structures The first type of pneumatic structures are literally structures supported by air. The form active
membrane floats over the enclosed air, having a sufficient internal pressure in order to resist
external loads. An example of an air supported structure is the Tokyo dome (Figure 1.24).
Figure 1.24: Tokyo dome ‘Big egg’ football stadium [12].
Chapter 1. Introduction
15
One of the design aspects is the choice of the profile, usually it is cylindrical or dome shaped.
Comparing a hemisphere with radius r (m) and a partial sphere with bigger radius R (m) covering
the same area A = πr[ with the same internal pressure pi (Pa), gives higher membrane forces in
the partial sphere, than in the hemisphere, respectively �0∗g[ and
�0∗h[ . From this, a high profile
seems preferable, however there are some other aspects that should be considered. A membrane
with a high profile encloses a significantly higher construction volume and this leads to greater
requirements for the mechanical equipment that provides thermal comfort. In addition there is
an increased possibility for a membrane, having a high profile, to be subject to wind pressures
causing indentations. The building skin is never completely airtight, thus a continuous air support
is needed.
1.4.4. Air inflated structures The bearing elements of air inflated structures are closed membrane elements that are put under
very high pressure and are called ‘pneumatics’. The stiffness of a pneumatic is strongly dependent
on the applied internal overpressure, which must ensure that under the action of external forces
the membrane forces are always positive (tension) and do not exceed the tensile strength. For
this, high strength materials are required. Furthermore, special attention must be paid to the
airtightness because usually it is impossible to provide continuous air supply. Examples of air
inflated structures are tubular beams, columns, arches and walls (Figure 1.25). Tensairities (Figure
1.26) are air inflated structures to which stiffeners or cables are added in order to gain mechanical
stiffness, while the mass is kept small.
Figure 1.25: Modern teahouse 2007 (Frankfurt) [13].
Figure 1.26: Tensairity used as bearing element of a
bridge [14].
1.4.5. Hybrid structures Hybrid structures are a combination of air supported and air inflated structures or a
combinations of traditional ‘hard’ bearing systems and pneumatic structures. Double walled air
domes (Figure 1.27) are an example of the first type. The advantages of these structures are the
improved insulation performance and the fact that a deflection of the outer skin is not visible
within the building volume.
Chapter 1. Introduction
16
Figure 1.27: Fuji group pavilion, expo 1970 Osaka [15].
1.6. Quality characteristics of tensile structures Tensioned membranes have very special qualities, mainly as a result of their unique form and
the nature of membrane materials. For these reasons they invite architectural solutions that
conventional building systems cannot offer.
1.6.1. Lightweight Tensile structures are much lighter than conventional structures because their structural stability
results from their pre-stressed shape rather than the mass of the material. Thus large spans can
be obtained with only little material use.
1.6.2. Transportability Mobile and temporary tensile structures are a synthesis of the nomad tent and the permanent
settlement. The lightness and flexibility of the material permits these structures to be carried
and deployed easily and quickly. When not in use, the structures occupy a relatively limited
volume. These are valuable characteristics for temporary housing and mobile structures, and are
essential in the case of catastrophes and emergencies where shelters are required for a great
number of people in a short time.
1.6.3. Translucency Translucency can provide the necessary amount of daylight, which plays an important role in
the building’s energy efficiency. The translucency also offers great aesthetic possibilities for
architectural design, through the use of natural and artificial daylight. At night the membrane’s
translucency transforms the structure into a sculpture of light. The translucency of engineering
fabrics depends on the type of fiber as well as on the coating. The translucency of typical
membranes varies between 10% and 40%. To the human eye such roofs appear bright and
translucent even when the light transmission is only a few percent, giving the appearance of a
lightweight roof structure. The Eden project is an example in which natural daylight was a
major design criterion (Figure 1.28).
Chapter 1. Introduction
17
Figure 1.28: The Eden project [16].
A special application of membrane structures is found in its use as a façade for an ordinary
building. The membrane acts as a second skin for the building, hence preventing the inside heat
to escape during cold days on the one hand and offering a shade structure during warm days on
the other hand. No other building material matches these criteria better than foils or
membranes because of their thin, light and transparent/translucent properties. The training
center of the Bavarian mountain rescue (Figure 1.29) is one of the first buildings equipped with
an ETFE façade. Further note that the second skin can be located at the inside of the building
as well. An old industrial steel and glass shed was insulated thermally in that way (Figure 1.30).
Figure 1.29: ETFE Facade as second skin for the Training center for the Bavarian mountain rescue
(Bad Tolz, Germany) [17].
Figure 1.30: Eco membrane at the inside of the
Deckelhalle as thermal insulation (Munich, Germany) [18].
1.6.4. Flexibility Tensioned membranes are not rigid and do not achieve their strength by using heavy and thick
materials, but because the external forces influence the form. The geometry of the membrane
responds to the applied loading by deforming, and so doing developing a more efficient form for
Chapter 1. Introduction
18
bearing the loads. This principle is illustrated for a cable in Figure 1.31. In this way, much force
can be absorbed, using relatively low weight. This is in clear contrast with concrete or steel
structures.
Figure 1.31: Deformation of a cable to a more efficient structure due to the load [6].
1.6.5. Sculptural A tensile membrane’s unique curved shape has a very strong sculptural quality. The tensioned
membrane is in equilibrium with itself and it is possible to create large buildings which seem to
be floating effortless. The unique shape of tensioned membrane structures present a natural
beauty that creates interesting landmarks. The sculptural quality is sensational, both outside and
inside the building and give architects the possibility of creating dramatic and complex spaces.
The play of natural and artificial lighting using both the translucency and the reflectivity of the
membrane materials transforms the structure into a sculpture of light.
Figure 1.32: Hovering archives: temporary art project
(Hamburg, Germany) [19].
Figure 1.33:Green void: a temporary construction in the Sydney custom house (Sydney, Australia) [20].
1.6.6. Safety Lightweight tensioned structures are safe structures and are particularly stable in horizontal loads
like earthquakes. In an unforeseen case of collapse, tent structures tend to be less dangerous than
conventional building systems because of their much lower mass.
1.6.7. Weather protection One of the main functions of a roof is to provide shelter and comfort in weather conditions such
as sun, rain, wind and snow. Membrane materials with a porous weave can be used for shading,
they bring diffuse light into the space within and stimulate natural ventilation. This can keep the
surface temperatures at the level of the ambient air and avoid downward radiation of heat. For
protection from rain and snow, the form should allow fast and easy drainage of water and snow.
The particular forms of tensile structures make it possible to avoid ponding of rain water and
large accumulations of snow. To keep rainwater out, the membrane material and its joints have to
Chapter 1. Introduction
19
be watertight. The Venezuelan pavilion (Figure 1.34) is a convertible structure, which acts as a
shading structure when opened, and provides rain and wind protection when closed.
Figure 1.34: Venezuelan pavilion [21].
1.6.8. Convertibility and adaptability Convertible structures are adaptive systems which change according to necessity. They are
flexible and adaptable in their spatial arrangement response to climatic variations. This design
approach leads automatically to the possibility of energy saving through the control of natural
light and internal temperature. Figure 1.35 and Figure 1.36 show the convertible roof structures
of respectively a swimming pool and a football stadium.
Figure 1.35: Convertible cover of a swimming pool in
Seville, Spain [22].
Figure 1.36: Retractable roof of the Toyota stadium
(Nagoya, Japan) [23].
1.7. Internal environment For a long time, thermal, acoustic and lighting performance of tent structures were of minor
importance However, as the application of membrane structures has extended to more complex
and permanent buildings, the need for thermal, acoustic and lighting comfort received
increasingly interest. Due to their extreme lightness and translucency, membrane enclosures
should be considered as filters rather than barriers to external conditions. The development of
material technology made it possible to improve the comfort conditions within the spaces they
enclose.
1.7.1. Thermal environment Tensile membrane structures tend to create internal environments that depend on the properties
of the textile skin as well as on the topology of the space they enclose. A tensile membrane skin is
extremely thin and lightweight, so it provides little or no thermal buffering to the interior.
Therefore a usual bivouac tent feels extremely hot when in the hot sun and cools down very fast
at night.
Chapter 1. Introduction
20
To improve the environmental behavior of the membrane enclosure, the number of layers
constituting the building skin can be increased. The use of a multiple skin does not only reduce
the heat transfer through the building skin, also solar gains and daylight transmission can be
controlled, acoustical characteristics are improved, the risk of condensation is reduced and it
provides additional fire protection. A double layer membrane construction exists of an outer
membrane and an inner membrane, separated by an air space of variable thickness. The inner
layer can be made out of a much lighter material than the outer skin, since it does not have to
withstand the pre-stress and external loadings, meanwhile it is chosen in accordance to the
requirements of fire resistance and permeability to water. The airspace reduces the heat transfer
by convection occurring between the outer membrane and the enclosed space. This technique
was amongst others used in the Eden project (Figure 1.28).
Insulated membrane structures contain a layer of low-density insulating material sandwiched
between the external structural membrane skin and internal membrane layers. Available insulating
materials range from simple foam coatings to fiber mats and self-contained air cell films. The
insulating layer can significantly reduce the heat transfer across the thickness of the membrane
construction allowing a tighter control of the thermal conditions inside the enclosure.
Solar energy can penetrate a space that is covered by a tensile membrane structure through direct
gains, namely transmitted solar radiation and indirect gains, i.e. the absorbed solar radiation. The
coating of most architectural membrane materials offer high reflection to solar radiation and this
can be exploited for effective shading of the covered space. Unpigmented coatings, having a
small solar absorption, should be preferred if shading is the main function of the structure. The
cooling effect provided by shading should be enhanced by promoting natural ventilation. If
shelter from rain is not a functional requirement, the use of open mesh fabrics can further
improve the cooling effect by allowing wind driven air flow to circulate through the fabric.
1.7.2. Lighting environment The translucency of architectural fabric skin is often seen as the most valuable asset of tensile
membrane structures. Despite the great adaptability of the human eye to brightness level, the
strong difference in brightness between the translucent ceiling and the other internal surfaces of
the building can cause problems. This can be avoided by providing direct lighting (Figure 1.37)
inside the building via glazed surfaces, which improve contrast whilst restoring the balance
between the brightness of the ceiling and the other internal surfaces.
Chapter 1. Introduction
21
Figure 1.37: Integration of glazed areas in the supporting steelwork to introduce direct illumination in the enclosure,
APPP church (Maassluis, the Netherlands) [24].
Daytime artificial lighting is usually not necessary in a space covered by a membrane. Nighttime
artificial lighting is often achieved by lighting the underside of the membrane roof as this reflects
a large proportion of the incident light back into the internal space. This creates a diffuse internal
lighting environment similar to daytime. The light transmitted through the membrane produces a
warm glowing effect when viewed from the outside (Figure 1.38).
Figure 1.38: The water cube, Bejing [25].
1.7.3. Acoustical environment The lightweight nature of membrane materials brings particular problems to the acoustical
designers, whereby the ‘blocking’ of sound using mass, as used traditionally, contradicts the
concept of membrane structures. Up to now, little success has been obtained with single skin
membrane materials as preventing noise infiltration or leakage is concerned. In general, the
transmission loss of normal double-layer membrane structures is only between 5 and 10 dB, in
fact offering very little protection from external sound sources. Beside external noise, internal
noise leakage and skin drumming are factors that should be taken into consideration. Skin
drumming is the repercussion of the patterns and intensity of rain and hail on the noise levels
experienced within the space.
22
Chapter 2.Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
2.1. Introduction The aim of this chapter is to gain knowledge about the material behavior of coated fabrics in
general on the one hand and to explore the possibilities for implementing a coated fabric in a
FEM model on the other hand. This chapter starts with an overview of the material behavior of
coated fabrics, which is largely based on a literature review. In the second part, several methods
for modeling the behavior, which are described in literature, are shortly introduced and discussed.
The chapter ends with an overview of the relevance of the reciprocal relation, together with a
representation of the material behavior in strain-strain space.
2.2. Behavior of coated membranes A coated membrane is flexible, cannot support pressure [26] and has no bending stiffness, hence
it only resists tension [27, 28]. Compared to homogeneous materials, the behavior of coated
fabrics when applying tension is more complicated. Crimp interchange, load ratio and load
history are some parameters that considerably influence the behavior of these materials. The
most important characteristics of coated fabrics are explained in the following subsections.
2.2.1. Nonlinear orthotropic behavior A membrane can be considered as a composite because of the combination of fibers and coating.
The stiffness of the fibers is considerably higher than the stiffness of the coating. Both the fibers
and the coating show nonlinear behavior at high tensile strengths, attributable to plastic behavior.
Moreover, the woven structure of the fibers causes an additional nonlinearity, called ‘crimp
interchange’ (see subsection 2.2.2). The resulting material consequently behaves nonlinear [28,
29].
The anisotropic nature of the weave, combined with the isotropy of the coating, results in a
membrane which behaves orthotropic [4].
2.2.2. Crimp interchange The composition of straight warp fibers and curved fill fibers makes the membrane behave in a
special way when forces are applied. Figure 2.1 (a) shows the stress-strain diagram for a PTFE
glass fiber textile recorded during a uniaxial test (see section 3.1) in the fill direction.
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
23
Figure 2.1: Load-strain curve for uniaxial test in fill (a) and warp (b) direction [6].
The curved fill fibers will first straighten, before they stretch (Figure 2.2), which results in a fairly
large apparent initial strain in the fill direction. This process is called crimp interchange [4, 30-33].
After crimp interchange, the stress-strain curve becomes steeper, revealing the actual stiffness of
the fabric. For a uniaxial tensile test in warp direction (Figure 2.1 (b)), no apparent strain is
observed and the stiffness of the material remains approximately constant during the experiment.
This is because the warp yarns were already straightened at the beginning of the experiment,
hence the real stress-strain behavior of straight yarns is observed.
Figure 2.2: Crimp interchange.
2.2.3. Load ratio dependency The stress-strain curves depend on the load ratio (or stress ratio) in warp and fill direction. When
stresses are applied in both directions (biaxial test, see section 3.2), both fiber directions try to
straighten. Because this cannot happen independently, the resulting geometry of the fabric is a
function of the ratio of the stresses applied in both directions [4, 27, 28, 30, 34, 35]. Hence, a
tensed fabric has a special kind of Poisson-effect: the force applied in one direction influences the
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
24
deformation in the other direction. When the stress-strain curve obtained with the biaxial test
with stress ratio 1:1 for a PTFE-glass fiber fabric (Figure 2.3) is compared to the one obtained
with the uniaxial test in fill direction for the same material (Figure 2.1), large differences are
observed. It is seen in Figure 2.3 that the initial strain in the fill direction for the biaxial test is
smaller than the initial strain corresponding to the uniaxial test. This is natural since the warp
fibers are tensioned as well and therefore want to stay straight. This prevents the fill fibers from
straightening and thus less apparent strains is observed.
Figure 2.3: Stress-strain behavior for a biaxial test with load ratio 1:1 on a PTFE-glass fiber membrane. Warp and fill
yarns show a different behavior [4].
Similarly, the strains in warp direction are smaller compared to the uniaxial test in warp direction
because of the tension in fill direction.
In Figure 2.4 (a) a biaxial test is shown for a PTFE –glass fiber membrane which was performed
with load ratio 1:5. Negative strains appear for the warp direction because of the higher tension
in the fill direction: the originally curved fill fibers will straighten, and consequently the warp
fibers have to curve and thus contract. Figure 2.4 (b) shows the stress-strain behavior for a biaxial
test with load ratio 5:1. Because a higher stress is applied to the originally straight warp yarns,
they stay straight and stretch. The fill yarns exhibit almost no strains since they retain their
original curved shape.
Figure 2.4: Stress - strain curves for a biaxial test with load ratio 1:5 (a) and 5:1 (b) on a PTFE-glass fiber membrane [4].
2.2.4. Cycle repetition When a loading cycle is repeated several times, the response of the coated fabric is different for
each cycle [35]. Figure 2.5 shows the stress-strain curve which is obtained if 5 cycles of a biaxial
test with load ratio 1:1 are performed on a PVC-polyester membrane. Each cycle, the stiffness
changes and the permanent strain diminishes. This process is called the removal of residual strain
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
25
and can be understood as follows: the fill yarns, which are curved around the warp yarns at the
beginning of the experiment, get more straightened during each load cycle. So each cycle the
crimp of the fill fibers is smaller than that of the previous cycle and consequently the apparent
strain decreases. This causes the stress-strain curve to become steeper. Generally, after 3 to 5
cycles this process stabilizes, as can be observed in Figure 2.5. Note that the residual strain is of
minor importance for the warp direction because these fibers are already relatively straight at the
beginning of the experiment.
Figure 2.5: Influence of cycle repetition for a 1:1 load ratio for a PVC-polyester membrane with a maximum stress of
12 kN/m [35].
2.2.5. Load history The load history plays an important role in the material behavior of membranes. The previously
applied loading determines the configuration of the fibers: a previously applied load in warp
direction has straightened the warp yarns, while a previously applied load in fill direction has
straightened the fill yarns. This configuration of the fibers is called the state of the material or the
crimp in the fibers. This state of the material can be categorized as one of the following:
(i) straight warp fibers and curved fill fibers, resulting in a stiffer behavior in warp direction than
in fill direction (ii) curved warp fibers and straight fill fibers, resulting in a stiffer behavior in fill
direction than in warp direction or (iii) something in between (i) and (ii). For this reason, the load
history plays an important role [4, 35]. Figure 2.6 shows the loading cycles, for a biaxial test with
load ratio 1:1, each time anteceded by another load history. Figure 2.7 shows the obtained stress-
strain curves. It is observed that the influence of the load history is significant during the first
loading cycles (Figure 2.7(a)). An increase of the load ratio of the previous loading cycles leads to
a decrease of the total strain (apparent and real strain). After five cycles, the influence of the load
history is diminished, due to the repetition of load cycles (Figure 2.7(b)).
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
26
Figure 2.6: Loading cycles, used to investigate the influence of load history [35].
Figure 2.7: Influence of the load history in warp direction for a load ratio 1:1 for a PVC coated polyester fabric [35].
2.2.6. Hysteresis When both loading and unloading cycle are performed, hysteresis is observed. In Figure 2.5 the
loading cycle with a load ratio 1:1 was repeated 5 times on a PVC coated polyester fabric. This
resulted in 5 elliptically shaped hysteresis loops in the stress-strain curve. This hysteresis can be
attributed to the loss of energy due to friction between fibers mutually on the one hand and
between fibers and coating on the other hand [4].
2.2.7. Strain rate Figure 2.8 shows the tensile uniaxial response for different loading times. It is seen that the strain
rate has a certain influence on the material behavior but practically, this dependency is so small
that it can be neglected [35].
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
27
Figure 2.8: Influence of the loading rate measured with uniaxial tensile tests in warp and fill direction [35].
2.2.8. Pre-stress The pre-stress is the stress level that is maintained in the membrane when no external loads are
applied. Since it is a long term loading, it results in creep of the material. Higher pre-stress leads
to less residual strains, and thus results in a stiffer material behavior during the first loading cycles
[4]. In Figure 2.9, results are shown for two virginal samples which were maintained under pre-
stress during 6 hours, at respectively 4% and 1.3% of the ultimate tensile strength (UTS) and
afterwards loaded with load ratio 1:1.
Figure 2.9: Influence of initial pre-stress level for a 1:1 loading in warp direction (a) and in fill direction (b) [35].
Figure 2.9 reveals that the warp yarns are not influenced by the initial pre-stress, while the
opposite is observed for the fill yarns. The fill yarns respond initially stiffer when applying a
higher pre-stress level [35].
2.2.9. Tensile strength The coating material does not contribute to the strength of a coated fabric, hence the strength is
exclusively determined by the strength of the yarns. Though, a correction factor has to be taken
into account because of two major reasons: (i) the yarns experience a reduction in strength during
both the weaving and coating process and (ii) the deflection of a yarn when crossing the
perpendicular yarns. Due to the latter, the tensile strength in warp direction can differ from that
in fill direction, even though the material of the yarns is the same [5].
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
28
Furthermore, the tensile strength depends on the presence of tears in the membrane. The
resistance against propagation of tears, which is called the tear strength, should be sufficiently
large in order to avoid pre-existing small flaws to propagate when applying the design loads. The
tear strength of a membrane depends on both the nature of the fibers and the coating. The
resistance for tear propagation is higher in case of a multi-axial stress state than for a uniaxial
stress state [36, 37].
Except for the tears, the connections and seams can reduce the tensile strength of the structure
significantly. Moreover they are subjected to creep, so that the rupture strength is dependent on
the duration of loading and temperature.
Due to many uncertainties in the design of tensile structures, the maximum stresses allowed in
the membrane are around 25% of the tensile strength [34].
2.2.10. Influence of temperature Temperature effects are usually found to be less significant for fabric structures when compared
to rigid constructions [5].
Figure 2.10 shows experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a PTFE coated glass fiber
fabric tested at temperatures ranging from -20°C up to 70°C, which are representable
temperatures for real tensile structures. It is clear that no temperature dependency of the
mechanical properties is observed [38].
Figure 2.10: Stress-strain behavior under different temperatures for a PTFE coated glass fiber fabric material in warp
direction (a) and fill direction (b) [38].
The influence of temperature on the tensile strength on the other hand depends on both the
fibers and the weaving method. A low temperature reduces crimp deformation and increases the
resistance against fiber pullout. Besides, fibers become more brittle and the creep rate decreases.
Therefore, the tensile strength increases while the strain at failure decreases, for decreasing
temperature. On the contrary, at a high temperature the fibers become soft while the creep rate
increases. Therefore, the tensile strength decreases while the strain at failure increases for
increasing temperature. This decrease can be expressed with the high temperature reduction factor
γt (-), which is defined as:
ij =���[
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
29
where f1 (MPa), f2 (MPa) is the tensile strength at 70°C, respectively at 23°C. The high
temperature reduction factor for PTFE coated fabric is 1.01 in warp direction and 1.03 in fill
direction, indicating that the effect can be neglected for PTFE coated glass fiber fabrics.
Note that in the previous only the influence of temperature on the coated fabric itself was
discussed. When the seams of the structure are exposed to high temperatures, their creep rate
increases and thus changes the behavior and tensile strength of the construction.
2.3. Modeling the membrane behavior Because of the nonlinear characteristics of the stress-strain behavior of coated fabrics, it is
difficult to establish a single function which adequately represents the membrane response. In the
following subsections some of the developed material models from literature are presented and
discussed.
The most common assumptions in frequently used material models involve orthotropic behavior
and a plane stress state. The assumption of orthotropy is justified because typical fabrics exist of
yarns, which are arranged along two orthogonal directions [39]. The second assumption is easily
understood by taking into account the small thickness of the fabric (usually smaller than 1 mm).
This induces that stress components along the direction of the thickness can be neglected, hence
resulting in a plane stress state.
2.3.1. Linear elastic orthotropic plane stress model One of the simplest approaches is considering the membrane material as a linear elastic
orthogonal anisotropic two-dimensional plane-stress structure. Five independent elastic constants
[39], namely two Young’s moduli EkandE�, a shear modulus Gk� and two Poisson’s ratio νk� and ν�k (see section 2.4), are determined from the warp and fill stress-strain curves at a load ratio
and stress magnitude typical for the structure [4]. These values remain constant throughout the
structural analysis [30, 40].
p qrqs2qrsu = NOOOOOP 1vr −wsrvs 0−wrsvr 1vs 00 0 1xrsQR
RRRRSp �r�s�rsu (2.1)
Because of the assumption of plane stress, the out of plane stresses are equal to 0. This method is
numerically efficient, but it does not capture the material behavior in a proper way. Another
disadvantage is that four independent parameters are obtained from the experiments, i.e. two
Young’s moduli and two Poisson’s ratios. The compliance matrix is forced to be symmetrical by
averaging the Poisson’s ratios, but this results in a loss of accuracy.
The Japanese standard MSAJ/M-02-1995 [33, 34] uses this method, taking into account following
reciprocal relationship in order to obtain a symmetric stiffness matrix:
vrvs = wsrwrs (2.2)
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
30
The set of fictitious elastic constants, which consist of the Young’s moduli Ek and E� and the
Poisson’s ratio νk� (the shear modulus Gk� is not considered) is determined from the load-strain-
paths in a double step correlation analysis. The experimentally determined stress-strain curves are
substituted by a straight line, with a slope that satisfies the assumed linear elastic plane stress
behavior. The set of four fictitious constants has to satisfy the experimental loading paths for all
five load ratios as optimal as possible. The optimum set of parameters is determined by the least
square method. In this method, the sum of the squared errors for a certain subject interval [a, b]
between a continuous function f(x) and an approximation equation y(x) is minimized:
U = yz�B� − DB�{[|B}~ → ������� (2.3)
The errors can either be defined as the vertical differences (load errors S�, see Figure 2.11(a)) or
the horizontal differences (strain errors S�, see Figure 2.11(b))
Figure 2.11: Load errors (a) and strain errors (b) [34].
Hence, one can minimize either the load term or the strain term: S� → min or S� → min. The
basis of the routine is the calculation of regression lines using the least squares method. A
regression line in a load-strain-diagram follows the linear equation
� = � ∗ q + � (2.4) With m the slope and b the intersection point of the regression line with the load-axis at zero
strain.
In the first step, the routine optimizes the regression lines of the load-strain-paths for all
experimentally evaluated load ratios (Figure 2.12). Usually, the regression line has another
intersection point b with the load-axis at zero strain than the test data path itself. To determine
the stiffness, the intersection point is not important but the slope, thus the intersection point of
the regression line may be switched into the intersection point of the test data path for the plots
(Figure 2.12).
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
31
Figure 2.12: Optimized regression line and switched regression line [34].
In the second step, all possible combinations of the three fictitious elastic constants within limit
values are generated.
In the third step, the strain values of the fictitious load-strain lines are calculated for one arbitrary
load level at each load ratio according to
qr = �rvr ∗ � −wrs ∗ �svs ∗ � qs = �svs ∗ � −wsr ∗ �rvr ∗ � (2.5)
Knowing the strain values enables the evaluation of the slope of the fictitious load-strain lines.
The sum of the squared strain errors over all n test data points and m load-strain-paths,
considered in the determination of constants, is calculated using:
U� =��q5�~�� − q5����[�5��
�6�� (2.6)
With ���� = �0��1�1 being the strain value for a fictitious load-strain line j for each existent test
data point i of the related load-strain-path j. It is assumed that the minimum value of S� provides
the optimum set of elastic constants. For a Glass/PTFE material the procedure was evaluated. In
Figure 2.13 the calculated and experimental strains are plotted against the ‘leading membrane
force’, which is the larger one for each load ratio.
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
32
Figure 2.13: Experimental and calculated (according to MSAJ standard) stress strain curves for different load ratios
[34].
Taking into account the linearity, good agreement is observed for load ratios 1:1, 2:1 and 1:2 but
not for load ratios 5:1 and 1:5 for a load smaller than 30 kN/m.
The method is easily applicable, though the assumptions lead to an unrealistic simplification of
the real material behavior. The material model does not take into account the hysteresis, the
crimp interchange, the influence of load history, etc. This implies that the determined fictitious
constants largely depend upon the underlying determination options.
2.3.2. Cable networks A method quiet often used to design membranes for architectural applications is the ‘form
finding’ method. The material behavior is assumed to be orthotropic linear elastic. The difference
with the previous model is the fact that each strip of the membrane is approximated by a cable
and the whole curved membrane surface by a cable network. The ‘form finding’ method was
described in subsection 1.3.1. By means of this method, the equilibrium shape and the forces in
the cables are determined, starting from the ‘force densities’ and the anchor points. External
forces acting on the membrane are taken into account by substituting the zeros of the reaction
force components of the free nodes by the components of the external load. This method is
implemented in several software packages (e.g. EASY). In this method, the calculation times are
short because of the linear character of the equations. It is easy to understand that this model
does not give accurate results. On the one hand a membrane is a continuous surface rather than a
discontinuous cable network, thus the deformation by shearing [41, 42] is not determined
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
33
correctly. On the other hand the nonlinearity and permanent deformation of the material are not
taken into account.
2.3.3. Piecewise linear elastic orthotropic plane stress model
In this material model, stresses and strains are replaced by small increments Δσ and Δε in order
to linearize an interval of the nonlinear stress-strain curve [4, 40]. For example, the three moduli
(Ek, E�andνk�) are determined between an assumed pre-stress and an upper value. To simulate
different environmental loads, incremental loading is used, both positive and negative. This
model takes into account the nonlinearity of the stress-strain curves by approximating them with
a piecewise linear curve. Because of the linearization. the numerical computations are very simple
and time inexpensive. However hysteresis, residual strains, influence of load ratio and load
history are disregarded, which makes this model inappropriate to rigorously model a tent fabric.
2.3.4. Nonlinear elastic material model, taking the influence of the load ratio
into account The model is based upon three main assumptions:
• The material behavior is linear elastic with plane stress orthotropy for a given load ratio:
Z∆qr∆qs ^ = �1vrir�−wsrvsis�
−wrsvrir�1vsis� � ZΔ�rΔ�s ^ (2.7)
• The Poisson’s ratio νk� is independent of the normalized load ratio’s and the reciprocal
relation ����� = ����� is fulfilled and thus:
Z∆qr∆qs ^ = �1vrir�−wrsvrir�
−wrsvrir�1vsis� � ZΔ�rΔ�s ^ (2.8)
• The Young’s moduli Ek and E� are formulated as a linear function of the normalized load
ratios γk and γ� [30]:
vrir� = vr�:� + Δvr %ir − 1√2'
vs£is¤ = vs�:� + Δvs %is − 1√2'
(2.9)
where γk and γ� are the normalized load ratios in warp and fill direction and they are
used instead of the common load ratio σk: σ� [30]. They are defined as:
ir = �r¥�r[ +�s[
is = �s¥�r[ +�s[ (2.10)
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
34
Ek�:� and E��:� are the reference values for warp and fill Young’s moduli given for the 1:1 load
ratio (γk = �√[ respectively γ� = �√[), ΔEk and ΔE� represent the variation of warp and fill Young’s moduli for the complete range
of load ratios (0 ≤ γk ≤ 1 respectively 0 ≤ γ� ≤ 1), while νk� is the in-plane Poisson’s ratio.
The material model has five parameters: Ek�:�, E��:�, ΔEk, ΔE� and νk� which are obtained by a
least square fit in which the deviation of the experimental and modeled strains is minimized. The
modeled strains are calculated by equations (2.7), (2.9) and (2.10) for all applied stresses and
loads, while the experimental strains are measured directly. This material model can then be
integrated in finite element software by programming a user defined material routine (called
‘usermat’). At every time step t and every integration point i, the stresses σ�§, strains ε.§ and strain
increments Δε.§ are passed to the usermat, which then updates the stresses in order to obtain σ�§¨©§. In Figure 2.14 the results of the previous model are compared to the experimental measurements
for different load ratios. Note that an extra FEA model is included in the figure, namely an
orthotropic S FEA model, which is not described here. Further details about the latter can be
found in [30].
Figure 2.14: Experimental and calculated (according to a nonlinear elastic material model, taking the load ratio into
account) stress strain curves for a PTFE coated glass fiber fabric for different load ratio and a maximum load of 12kN/m [30].
Only a small difference is observed between the FEA - Model and the experimental results. Even
for different load ratios, the membrane behavior is accurately predicted. However, crimp
interchange, hysteresis and load history are not taken into account. Yet it is possible making the
stiffness constants dependent on the load ratio. Implementation in finite element methods is
more laborious and time-consuming than the previous methods.
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
35
2.3.5. Response surfaces with division in quadrilaterals Response surfaces are a visualization of the stress-strain behavior by plotting the orthogonal
stresses (σk, σ�) and strains (εk, ε�) in the σk, σ�, εk and σk, σ�, ε� coordinate systems, for
several stress ratios. The surface is divided into quadrilaterals, in which a plane stress linear
orthotropic material model is assumed. The elastic constants are determined in each quadrilateral
[4, 30, 43]. In this way, the elastic constants and thus the compliance matrix are established using
a multi-step linear approximation. The size of the quadrilaterals is critical to ensure the accurate
capturing of the fabric behavior. The use of response surfaces is particularly interesting for
modeling non-linear behavior, dependent on the load ratio, which is the case for membranes.
However, high amounts of experimental data are required and a large number of parameters
needs to be calculated, leading to large computational times.
2.3.6. Response surfaces without division in quadrilaterals Another approach is the use of stress-stress-strain response surfaces without dividing the surface
in quadrilaterals in which the test data are fitted to a plane stress material model. This method has
advantages since the plane-stress assumption is not appropriate for describing the behavior of a
coated fabric [4, 33]. For this, numerous stress states are explored giving a much wider
population of the data space. A response surface can be fitted to these scattered data points
(Figure 2.15), and a direct correlation between stresses and strains can be used for structural
analysis.
Figure 2.15: Response surfaces: experimental data point in stress-stress-strain space (a) and fitted surface (b).
Direct correlation is used between pairs of warp and fill strains to obtain stresses, thus surface
gradients are not required. A ‘look-up’ table of warp and fill stresses and strains replaces the
elastic constants in the analysis. Consequently, the surface does not need to be defined by a
fitting procedure, nor should it be differentiable. The difference in loading and unloading
behavior gives data points on two surfaces which define the upper and lower bounds of the
fabric response. In this modeling approach, the influence of residual strain, which depends on the
pre-stress level and load history, is not included. With this method, a good correlation between
the model and the experiments can be obtained. However, a large quantity of test data is required
in order to obtain an accurate model and the use in FEM analysis is difficult.
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
36
2.3.7. Day’s method Day’s method is based on the representation of the nonlinear stress-strain behavior in soil
mechanics. In this representation, the mean and the difference of the principal strains are related.
Because the membrane material can be treated as orthotropic, the principal stresses lie in warp
and fill directions. In this way, the shear stresses can be treated separately. This behavior is
described by following set of equations [4, 40, 43, 44]:
���~� =�� +� 2 q��~� =q� +q 2 �ª5ss�«���� =� −��2 qª5ss�«���� =q −q�2
(2.11)
Where σ� and σ¬ are the principal stresses, and ε� and ε¬ are the corresponding principal strains. σ��� and σ®����h��� are respectively the mean and the difference of the principal stresses. q��~� and qª5ss�«���� are the mean and the difference of the principal strains. The relations
between the mean and the difference are given by
���~� =��q��~�� + �[qª5ss�«����� �ª5ss�«���� =�\q��~�� + �]qª5ss�«����� (2.12)
in which f� to f] are functions to be determined. Shear stress and strain are related by an
independent linear function f°:
�� =�°q� � (2.13)
Contrary to the universally adopted plane stress approach, this method attempts to encapsulate
the data for three different stress ratios in two equations. However, up to now it is unclear
whether this method can be applied to a wide range of stress states. In addition, questions arise
about the reliability of the used equations when interpolating the tested stress ratios [4].
2.3.8. Micro-mechanical models Micro-mechanical models derive the fabric behavior from a more fundamental basis, i.e. the
microstructure of the material [29, 30, 45]. They have already been applied successfully for a
variety of materials and they emphasize the great influence of the local weave geometry as well as
local mechanisms on the global material behavior. A micromechanical material model of the
yarns and the coating enables to include (i) crimp interchange, (ii) yarn and coating extension and
(iii) friction between the warp and fill yarns [30]. Generally, the micromechanical model is limited
to a unit cell which represents the complete fabric structure. Such a unit cell is then implemented
in a FEM simulation. With the use of periodic boundary conditions, one is able to simulate the
mechanical behavior of the material. These models can represent the mechanical response of the
fabric up to some extent. However the complexity leads to large computation times. The
requirement of a large number of parameters makes it a very laborious method [30].
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
37
2.4. Reciprocal relationship The plane stress assumption leads to a number of inconsistencies for membrane materials. For
example, linear elastic orthotropic materials subjected to biaxial tests satisfy the reciprocal
relationship
wrsvr = wsrvs (2.14)
This relation is invalid for membranes [4]. In [46] following values were obtained for some typical
membranes:
PTFE/glass fiber: ����� = 2157 and
����� = 296 → ����� ≠ ����� PVC/Polyester:
����� = 2242and ����� = 395 → ����� ≠ �����
The maximum load of the biaxial tests was 25 % of the UTS. Residual strain has been removed
from the test results and the mean value of the loading and unloading curves has been calculated.
It was proposed that the values adhere more closely to an inverse of the reciprocal relationship ¸¹º»º = ¸º¹»¹ . However, for this inverse reciprocal relation to hold, a constant C needs to be
introduced:
wrsvs = ¼ ∗ wsrvr (2.15)
Values of C are reasonably consistent for a certain fabric material:
PTFE/glass: mean value of C = 1.40 and standard deviation = 0.11
PVC/polyester: mean value of C = 1.51 and standard deviation = 0.33
If a similar constant C' is introduced in the reciprocal relationship (2.14), the values of C' are
much more variable:
PTFE/glass: mean value of C’ = 7.32 and standard deviation = 2.82
PVC/polyester: mean value of C’ = 5.70 and standard deviation = 2.54
Hence based upon this, it can be concluded that the inverse reciprocal relationship is more
appropriate for coated woven fabrics. Though, the need for the additional constant C to match
the inverse reciprocal relation violates the conservation of energy E. Consider a unit square of
material and two loading conditions:
a: σ� and σ� in the warp and fill directions respectively
b: σ� and σ® in the warp and fill directions respectively
If ‘a’ is followed by ‘b’, the strain energy U can be calculated as:
½ =12�~q~ +�}q}� +12��q� +�ªqª� +�~q� +�}qª� (2.16)
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
38
If on the other hand ‘b’ is followed by ‘a’, the strain energy can be calculated as:
½ =12�~q~ +�}q}� +12��q� +�ªqª� +��q~ +�ªq}� (2.17)
The principle of conservation of energy implies that the strain energy U is independent of the
loading path and loading sequence. This results in:
�~q� +�}qª� = ��q~ +�ªq}� (2.18)
Using the strain-stress relationships εk = �»¹ ∗ σk − ¸º¹»º ∗ σ� and ε� = − ¸¹º»º ∗ σk + �»º ∗ σ� one
obtains following equation:
¾ ∗ �~ ∗ �� + ¿ ∗ �~ ∗ �ª + ¼ ∗ �} ∗ �� + À ∗ �} ∗ �ª= ¾ ∗ �~ ∗ �� + ¿ ∗ �} ∗ �� + ¼ ∗ �~ ∗ �ª + À ∗ �} ∗ �ª
(2.19)
or
−ν�kE� ∗ �~ ∗ �ª − νk�E� ∗ �} ∗ �� = −ν�kE� ∗ �} ∗ �� − νk�E� ∗ �~ ∗ �ª (2.20)
Which can only be satisfied for ¸º¹»º = ¸¹º»º , which is the reciprocal relation. The latter is correct in
the context of a homogeneous material. But, as already stated, this is highly inaccurate for a
coated woven fabric. This inaccuracy largely arises from the interaction of warp and fill yarns, in
combination with the behavior of the twisted yarn structure. This effect is further augmented by
the fact that the fabric is composed of two different materials, dominating the fabric response at
different load levels (essentially the coating at low loads, the yarns at high loads). Any lack of
conservation of energy is due to frictional effects at crossovers, inelastic yarn crushing and
inelastic coating extension [4, 46].
2.5. Quantifying and understanding the biaxial behavior of
different membrane types In this section a tool for quantifying and understanding the biaxial behavior of membranes is
presented. The test regime for determining the behavior of coated fabrics is stress controlled,
which is appropriate if the range of stresses is known in advance. However, a FEM calculates
displacements from which warp and fill strains are determined. Therefore it is useful to have an
idea about the strain values that occur in a tent structure. This can be achieved by plotting the
test data in the strain-strain space. In Figure 2.16 the experimental data points are plotted in the
strain-strain space for both a PVC coated polyester fabric and a PTFE coated glass fiber fabric
[4].
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
39
Figure 2.16: Experimental data points in plotted strain-strain space showing the bounds of the feasible membrane
response for a PVC coated polyester fabric (a) and for a PTFE coated glass fiber fabric (b) [4].
The plotted data points are extracted from tests with stresses ranging from zero through pre-
stress up to 20 or 25% of the UTS. Hence, the population of the strain-strain space indicates the
bounds of the feasible membrane response. Figure 2.16(b) shows that the PTFE-glass fiber fabric
has a very discrete response envelope. The behavior is dominated by crimp interchange with little
extension of the stiff glass fiber yarns. In contrast, the polyester yarns are more easily extensible
and thus giving a greater range of possible strain states (Figure 2.16 (a)).
2.6. Conclusions The behavior of coated fabrics (both PVC coated polyester fabrics and PTFE coated glass fiber
fabrics) is discussed in detail, a relevant literature overview is given. It is clear that there are some
major differences compared to the behavior of rigid materials. Coated fabrics can be considered
as a composite, which consist of orthogonal fibers and a coating. In general, these fabrics are
characterized by severe nonlinear orthotropic behavior. The characteristic structure of the woven
fibers causes a complicated interaction between the warp and fill direction, which is called crimp
interchange. The fill yarns of a virginal coated fabric are initially curved, while the warp yarns are
straight. Hence depending on the applied load, the yarns can be reallocated. It is easy to
understand that this reallocation is highly dependent upon the applied load ratio and the load
history. By repeating the load cycle three to five times, the load history is effectively removed.
The introduction of this load cycle repetition induces a hysteresis effect.
Several authors have tried to capture this complex behavior with the use of a FEM software
package. The most popular methods assume a linear elastic orthotropic material behavior, which is a
huge simplification for the complex material behavior of coated fabrics. A variant of this method
encloses the form finding method, which is based on cable networks and the associated equilibrium
state. More realistic models assume piecewise linear elastic behavior and are therefore capable to
approximately model the nonlinear response of coated fabrics. However, permanent
deformation, load ratio dependency, load history dependency and hysteresis are not taken into
account. Therefore, more advanced models have been introduced. Response surfaces with division in
quadrilaterals capture both the nonlinear behavior and load ratio dependency of a fabric. In that
method, the response surfaces are divided in quadrilaterals, in which a plane stress linear elastic
Chapter 2. Behavior and available modeling methods for coated fabrics
40
material behavior is assumed. Another method also uses the response surfaces but without division in
quadrilaterals. They are based on a look-up table which consists of many data points obtained by
experiments exploring a wide range of the stress-stress-strain behavior of the coated fabric.
Another way of modeling a coated fabric is found in Day’s method. This method relates the means
and the differences of stresses and strains. Permanent strain, hysteresis and load history
dependence are not included and the reliability when interpolating between different load ratios is
not yet proven. The most advanced models are the so-called micromechanical models, which model
the fabric on a microscopic scale, i.e. the yarns, the coating as well as their interactions are taken
into account. The main disadvantage of these models is found in the extremely high
computational time, making them inappropriate for the simulation of a complete tent structure.
41
Chapter 3.Uniaxial tensile tests
3.1. Introduction In order to develop an appropriate FEM model of a coated fabric, a profound knowledge of both
the material properties and the structural behavior of the coated fabric is required. Since these
characteristics are highly dependent on the type of material, it is essential to experimentally
investigate the material of interest. In general, a coated fabric can be characterized by the
application of a uniaxial stress state as well as a biaxial stress state. After a description of the
experimental setup for the uniaxial tensile test, the post-processed experimental results are
presented and discussed. In the penultimate section, the principles for modeling a uniaxial tensile
test in Abaqus are described. This chapter ends with several relevant conclusions.
3.2. Experimental setup Uniaxial tensile tests are performed by a standard tensile testing machine. The membrane samples
have a rectangular shape and are cut out along the direction of interest. By applying load to the
ends, the sample is subjected to a state of uniaxial tension (Figure 3.1). The strains are
continuously measured as a function of the applied load during the experiment.
Figure 3.1: Photo of a uniaxial experiment on a membrane [47].
The main advantage of the uniaxial test is its simplicity to perform an experiment: (i) easy to set-
up, (ii) easy to post-process (iii) short experimental time and (iv) small amount of required
material. As a result, several material parameters can be investigated in a relative short time [48].
Generally two types of experiments are carried out. In the first type, the load is continuously
increased until the UTS is reached at which failure occurs. The second type is ‘load cycle
repetition’, in which a loading and unloading cycle is repeated several times. The load varies
between a pre-load and a maximum load. In this way, both the initial material behavior (when
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
42
crimp is still present) and stabilized behavior are determined. Usually, three to five identical load
cycles are necessary to exclude the effects of crimp. The uniaxial experiments can be either load
or displacement controlled.
Because the loading rate dependency is quite moderate, the membrane behavior does not need to
be investigated for different loading rates [35]. However, to improve the consistency of the
experimental results, it is important to keep the loading rate more or less constant during the
experiment.
Due to the specific characteristics of a membrane, uniaxial test data do not provide sufficient
information for developing an accurate material model [49], therefore a more advanced test
procedure, i.e. the biaxial tensile test, has to be taken into account (see chapter 4).
For this project, the experimental tensile tests are carried out at the ‘Free University of Brussels'
(VUB) at the department 'Mechanics of Materials and constructions’ (MeMC) by Paolo Topalli
[50]. In this thesis the results are further processed in order to obtain useful information, which is
discussed in detail in the following section.
During the experiments, strains are determined by means of ‘Digital image correlation’ (DIC).
This is an experimental technique which offers the possibility to determine displacement and
deformation fields at the surface of objects, based on a comparison between images taken at
different load steps. The DIC software processes and visualizes the gathered data in order to
obtain an impression of the distribution of strains in the measured object. Two cameras are used
in order to measure both in-plane and out-of-plane displacements [51]. The strains are measured
in the central part of the cruciform sample.
The applied loads and the elongations are recorded by the loading devices of the uniaxial testing
device. The stresses themselves at the center of the specimens are not measured. Instead, they are
calculated by dividing the applied load by the cross section (thickness multiplied by width). For
this, the stresses shown in all following curves are not the true stresses present at the center of
the sample. However, for uniaxial tensile tests, the differences are very small.
3.3. Experimental test results
3.3.1. Loading until failure
In the first step of experiments, three different samples were tested up to failure: (i) samples
along the warp directions, (ii) samples along the fill directions and (iii) shear samples rotated 45°
relative to warp and fill direction (Figure 3.2). These tests provide the ultimate tensile strength of
the material for the three cases.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
43
Figure 3.2: Schematic drawing of the uniaxial test in warp direction (a), in fill direction (b) and in shear (c).
The tested samples have a thickness of 0.83 mm, a width of 50 mm and a length of 200 mm. The
experiments are displacement controlled with a speed of 100 mm/min. Both the load and the
displacement are recorded by the loading device. The experiments were performed at ambient
temperature.
3.3.1.1. Warp
Figure 3.3 shows the recorded load – elongation curves for six identical tensile tests in warp
direction.
Figure 3.3: Uniaxial tests up to failure in warp direction.
The load varies from zero up to the UTS. For the six tests, the mean of the UTS is 4672 N with a
standard deviation of 145 N. The minimum and maximum UTS are respectively 4392 N and
4784 N.
3.3.1.2. Fill
The load – elongation curves for five tests in fill direction up to failure are shown in Figure 3.4.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
44
Figure 3.4: Uniaxial tests up to failure in fill direction.
The mean of the UTS is 4109 N with a standard deviation of 157 N. The minimum and
maximum UTS are respectively 3997 N and 4360 N. The UTS in warp direction differs from the
UTS in fill direction (further information in paragraph 2.1.9). For the further experiments, the
UTS is assumed to be 4000 N for both warp and fill direction. With a thickness of 0.83 mm and a
width of 50 mm for the sample, a load of 4000 N corresponds to a stress of 96.4 MPa.
3.3.1.3. Shear
The results of six uniaxial tensile tests on samples rotated over 45° with warp direction are shown
in Figure 3.5.
Figure 3.5: Uniaxial tests up to failure in shear.
The mean of the UTS is 2352 N with a standard deviation of 39 N. The UTS at 45° corresponds
to 53 MPa and is considerably smaller compared to the UTS value in warp and fill direction. This
is simply understood taking into account that the load is not applied along the fibers.
3.3.2. Load cycle repetition
In this master thesis, the Japanese standard MSAJ [34] is followed, which prescribes the pre-load
and the maximum applied load to be respectively 2.5 % and 25 % of the UTS. For the present
material, this results in the following standards:
(i) Warp and fill direction:
��~� = 25% ∗ ½ÂU = 25% ∗ 96.4ÄFÅ = 24.1ÄFÅ
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
45
��«�Æj«�ÆÆ = 2.5% ∗ ½ÂU = 2.5% ∗ 96.4ÄFÅ = 2.41ÄFÅ
(ii) 45° direction:
��~� = 25% ∗ ½ÂU = 25% ∗ 53ÄFÅ = 13.3ÄFÅ
��«�Æj«�ÆÆ = 2.5% ∗ ½ÂU = 2.5% ∗ 53ÄFÅ = 1.33ÄFÅ
The tested samples have a width of 50 mm and a length of 200 mm. The experiments are
displacement controlled. The experiment is conducted at ambient temperature.
3.3.2.1. Warp
The evolution of the load as a function of time is shown in Figure 3.6. The load increases from
zero to pre-stress in 500 seconds, thereafter the load varies five times between pre-stress and the
maximum load.
Figure 3.6: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction.
The elongation of the sample is recorded during the experiment and shown in Figure 3.7. After
the first cycle a large permanent elongation is observed. During the following load cycles, this
permanent elongation continues to increases but the process stabilizes. The total permanent
elongation after five cycles amounts 4.33 mm.
Figure 3.7: Elongation as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction.
Figure 3.8 gives the strains in warp and fill direction as a function of time measured by DIC. As
could be expected, the strain in warp direction is positive and similar to the elongation curve. The
strain in fill direction is negative due to the Poisson effect.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
46
Figure 3.8: Strain (in warp and fill direction) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction.
In Figure 3.9 the resulting stress-strain curve is shown. This curve clearly shows the presence of
nonlinearity, permanent strain and hysteresis effect, which is characteristic for the investigated
material. From the sequencing hysteresis loops, the stabilizing behavior can be clearly observed.
Since it is a uniaxial test in warp direction, there is no influence observed of crimp interchange.
Figure 3.9: Stress (warp) as a function of strain (warp) for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction.
In chapter 2, a stress-strain curve from literature (shown in Figure 3.10 (a)) for a uniaxial test in
warp direction on a glass fiber ETFE foil was discussed. The behavior was almost linear
elastic.Figure 3.10 (b) shows the corresponding stress-strain curve (only the first loading cycle)
for a uniaxial test on the PVC-polyester fabric derived from Figure 3.9.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
47
Figure 3.10: Stress (warp) as a function of strain (warp) of the first loading for a uniaxial tensile test in warp direction
for a glass fiber ETFE foil (a) and for the PVC-polyester fabric (b).
Major differences are observed between the two stress-strain curves for the different materials.
For the ETFE–glass fabric, the material stiffness is constant, while it starts decreasing for the
PVC–polyester fabric at a stress of approximately 14 MPa. The dissimilarity of the stress-strain
curves is probably caused by the occurrence of plasticity phenomena in the case of the PVC-
polyester fabric: the yield stress for PVC-polyester is reached during the uniaxial test, while this is
not the case for PTFE-glass. This will be discussed further in detail in paragraph and paragraph
3.3.2.6.
From the slope of the unloading curve (Figure 3.9) the Young’s modulus in warp direction can be
estimated:
vr =∆�Ç��È~ª5�V∆qÇ��È~ª5�V ≈ 23.91ÄFÅ − 2.47ÄFÅ0.039203 − 0.020222 = 1.130xFÅ (3.1)
In Figure 3.11, the Poisson ratio νk� =− �º�¹ as a function of time is presented. It is seen that the
value of the Poisson ratio is variable during the experiment. This is probably due to the crimp
interchange between the warp and fill yarns during loading and unloading. Note that the Poisson
ratio becomes negative during preloading, which is easily understood by the observation that the
strain in both warp and fill direction increases, although it is expected to decrease in fill direction.
This is presumably due to an inaccuracy of the experiment: the reference image for DIC was
taken at the moment the sample was not yet preloaded in the tensile machine. For this reason,
the sample was not flat, but was rather hanging under the influence of gravity. Only after
applying the preload, this effect was eliminated and the sample became flat. However, the strains
are calculated with respect to the reference image taken from the hanging sample, and are
therefore not completely correct. This can explain the deceptive negative Poisson ratio.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
48
Figure 3.11: Poisson ratio νwf as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction.
3.3.2.2. Fill
Similar to the previous subsection, the next figure shows the applied load in fill direction as a
function of time.
Figure 3.12: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction.
The recorded elongation as a function of time is shown in Figure 3.13. The permanent elongation
is large for the first cycle and stabilizes during the next cycles. The total permanent elongation at
the end of the experiment is 17.36 mm. This is four times higher than the permanent elongation
in warp direction for a uniaxial test in warp direction.
Figure 3.13: Elongation as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction.
The following curve shows the measured strains in fill and warp direction as a function of time.
The strain in fill direction is positive and similar to the elongation. The strain in warp direction is
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
49
negative due to both the Poisson effect and crimp interchange, because the warp yarns were
stretched at the beginning of the experiment and thus forced to bend during the experiment.
Figure 3.14: Strain in fill and warp direction as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction
Figure 3.15 shows the stress-strain graph for the uniaxial test in fill direction. Again nonlinearity,
hysteresis and permanent strain are observed.
Figure 3.15: Stress (fill) as a function of strain (fill) for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction.
As in the previous paragraph, comparison of the first cycle of the stress-strain curve for an
ETFE-glass fabric (Figure 3.16 (a)) with the PVC polyester fabric (Figure 3.16 (b)) reveals major
differences.
Figure 3.16: Stress (fill) as a function of strain (fill) of the first loading for a uniaxial tensile test in fill direction for a
glass fiber ETFE foil (a) and for the PVC-polyester fabric (b).
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
50
At the beginning of the experiment a small stiffness is observed for both materials due to the
straightening of the initially curved fill fibers. Once the fill fibers are straight, the stiffness
increases indicating that the fibers are stretched. For the PTFE-glass fabric, this stiffness remains
constant during the remainder of the experiment, while for the PVC-polyester fabric the stiffness
decreases at a stress which is more or less equal to 14 MPa. As for the warp direction, this
behavior can be probably ascribed to the occurrence of plasticity phenomena (see paragraph
3.3.2.7).
From the slope of the unloading curve, the Young’s modulus in fill direction is estimated as:
vs =∆�Ç��È~ª5�V∆qÇ��È~ª5�V ≈ 23.64ÄFÅ − 2.44ÄFÅ0.1083 − 0.0826 = 0.825xFÅ (3.2)
Figure 3.17 shows the Poisson ratio ν�k =− �¹�º as a function of time. Similar to the results of
Figure 3.11, the value of the Poisson ratio varies during the experiment. During preloading, the
Poisson ratio is negative because the strain in both warp and fill direction increases with
increasing load. As explained in paragraph 3.3.2.1 it is plausible that the measured strains are not
completely reliable, because the reference image was taken at a moment in which the sample was
not yet preloaded. After preloading, the Poisson ratio becomes positive and large variations are
observed.
Figure 3.17: Poisson ratio νfw as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction.
3.3.2.3. Shear
In the shear tests, six loading and unloading cycles were applied with a maximum load of 550 N.
The applied load as a function of time is shown in Figure 3.18, and the corresponding elongation
as a function of time is presented in Figure 3.19.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
51
Figure 3.18: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in shear.
Figure 3.19: Elongation as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in shear.
Because there are no fibers along the loading direction (Figure 3.2), the stiffness is much lower
compared to the stiffness in warp and fill direction. The coating of the sample gets stretched,
while the fibers carry only a very small load, causing an angular rotation between the warp and fill
fibers. This is schematically shown in Figure 3.20.
Figure 3.20: Deformation of the sample during a uniaxial tensile test in shear.
The total permanent deformation at the end of the experiment equals 46.22 mm. Compared to
the uniaxial test in warp and fill direction, this value is more than 10 times, respectively 2 times
higher.
The measured strains are plotted in Figure 3.21 as a function of time. The strain in loading
direction is similar to the elongation in loading direction. The strain perpendicular to the loading
direction is negative and in absolute value higher than the strain parallel to the loading direction.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
52
Figure 3.21: Strain as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in shear.
The stress-strain curve (shown in Figure 3.22) resembles the corresponding curves for uniaxial
tests in warp and fill direction, except for the higher permanent strain and the larger zone of low
stiffness. From the slope of the unloading curve the shear modulus can be estimated:
xrs =∆�Ç��È~ª5�V∆qÇ��È~ª5�V ≈ 13.05ÄFÅ − 2.44ÄFÅ0.28016 − 0.24481 = 0.3xFÅ (3.3)
Figure 3.22: Stress as a function of strain for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in shear.
3.3.2.4. Warp (loading up to ½ of 25 % UTS)
Even though the Japanese standard prescribes a maximum load of 25 % UTS, it is interesting to
investigate the response of the coated fabric for a maximum load which is only half of that. In
the following figures, the corresponding load and strain values as a function of time are plotted,
as well as the stress-strain curve.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
53
Figure 3.23: Load (up to 500 N) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction.
Figure 3.24: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction up to a load
of 500 N.
Figure 3.25: Stress – strain curve for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction up to a load of 500 N.
The curves representing load and strain as a function of time are similar to the corresponding
curves for a maximum load of 1000 N. For the stress-strain curve on the other hand, clear
differences are observed: for a maximum load of 500 N, there is almost no permanent strain nor
hysteresis. The absence of permanent strain is most probably because the yield stress is not
crossed, so no plasticity phenomena are induced. The fact that no hysteresis is observed for this
experiment strongly suggests that this effect is mainly caused or triggered by the occurrence of
plasticity.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
54
3.3.2.5. Fill (loading up to ½ of 25 % UTS)
For the same reasons as explained in paragraph 3.3.2.4, uniaxial tests are performed in fill
direction with a maximum load equal to ½ of 25 % of the UTS. In the following figures, the
corresponding load and strain values as a function of time are plotted, as well as the stress-strain
curve.
Figure 3.26: Load (up to 500 N) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction.
Figure 3.27: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction up to a load of
500 N.
Figure 3.28: Stress – strain curve for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction up to a load of 500 N.
The stress-strain curve in fill direction (Figure 3.28) is not similar to the previous one (Figure
3.15). Both curves show initially a low stiffness, followed by an increased stiffness. The test with
a maximum stress of 12 MPa however, does not reach the yield point, hence no plastic behavior
is induced. However, due to the straightening of the fill yarns at the beginning of the experiment,
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
55
there is a considerable permanent strain. It becomes obvious from these results that the
permanent deformation caused by crimp interchange should not be confused with plasticity.
3.3.2.6. Warp, increasing load level
The previous paragraphs suggest that the coated fabric shows plastic behavior when the stresses
surpass approximately 14 MPa. In order to confirm this supposition, additional uniaxial
experiments were performed, in order to explore the material behavior under several loading
cycles having different stress levels. Figure 3.29 shows the applied loads as a function of time,
starting with a loading cycle up to 200 N. Each next cycle, the maximum load is increasing by
200 N, until a maximum load of 1400 N is reached. In this way, some loading and unloading
cycles beneath the yield point are included, as well as some loading and unloading cycles above
the previously defined maximum load of 25% UTS.
Figure 3.29: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial test in warp direction with increasing load.
The corresponding strains in both warp and fill direction versus the time are plotted in Figure
3.30. During the first three cycles, no permanent strain is observed in warp direction, nor in fill
direction. The observed absence of permanent strain indicates that the applied stress does not
reach the yield point. During the fourth cycle however, the maximum applied load amounts
800 N, which corresponds to a stress of 19.3 MPa. This stress value overruns the value of the
yield stress, which is around 14MPa. For this reason, permanent strain can be observed. In the
subsequent cycles, the load is successively increased by 200 N, which consequently results in an
increasing permanent strain.
Figure 3.30: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a uniaxial test in warp direction with increasing load.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
56
In Figure 3.31, the stress-strain curve is shown. The material behaves almost linear elastically
during the first three cycles. Once the stress surpasses 14 MPa, the slope of the loading curve
becomes less steep and permanent deformation is observed. This strongly indicates the
occurrence of plasticity phenomena in the material. The same conclusion can be drawn about the
hysteresis effect as was already done in paragraph 3.3.2.4: practically no hysteresis effect is
observed during the linear elastic regime. Beyond the yield stress the hysteresis loops grow for
increasing load, which means that the amount of energy loss increases for each subsequent cycle.
Figure 3.31: Stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test in warp direction with increasing load.
3.3.2.7. Fill, increasing load level
The same kind of experiment, as discussed in paragraph 4.5.2.7, was performed in fill direction.
The applied load as a function of time and the corresponding measured strains are shown in
Figure 3.32 and Figure 3.33 respectively.
Figure 3.32: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial test in fill direction with increasing load.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
57
Figure 3.33: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a uniaxial test in fill direction with increasing load.
In contrast to Figure 3.30, permanent strain is observed from the first loading cycle on. The
origin of this is the occurrence of crimp interchange: the originally curved fill fibers become
straight during loading, and do not go back to their initially curved configuration during
unloading. Figure 3.34 shows the stress-strain curve for this experiment. The graph shows the
sequence of a low stiffness, followed by a high stiffness and again a low stiffness. Even at the
first cycle, permanent strain is observed due to the straightening of the fill fibers. At later cycles,
it is seen that the plasticity contributes to the permanent strain.
Figure 3.34: Stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test in fill direction with increasing load.
Hysteresis already occurs during the first cycles, in contrast to Figure 3.31, where it only starts
after the yield point. In case of a uniaxial fill test, the hysteresis in the first cycles represents the
loss of energy because of friction between (i) the yarns and the coating and (ii) the yarns mutually
while reorganizing during crimp interchange. Another interesting aspect is the shape of the
hysteresis loop. While it is almost elliptical in case of the load cycle repetition tests with constant
maximum load (Figure 3.15 and Figure 3.28), it has a kind of peak going to the origin for the
experiment with increasing maximum load (Figure 3.34). This discrepancy is simply due to the
fact that for the latter, the sample is unloaded each cycle until zero stress, instead of pre-stress.
The peak of the hysteresis indicates that unloading until 0 MPa causes the fill fibers to become
more curved again, as in the original configuration.
3.4. FEM model of a uniaxial tensile test In this master thesis, following convention regarding the coordinate system is used: the X-axis or
1-direction corresponds to the warp direction, while the Y-axis or 2-direction corresponds to the
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
58
fill direction. The Z-axis or 3-direction is of minor importance for a plane membrane structure,
and thus is omitted Both coordinate systems are shown in Figure 3.35. For instance, S11
represents the stress in warp direction, while S12 represents the shear stress in the plane of the
membrane.
The geometry is adopted from the experimental samples, i.e. a width of 50 mm, a length of
200 mm and a thickness of 0.83 mm. Considering the symmetry of the experimental setup, only a
quarter of the geometry is simulated by adding symmetry boundary conditions. This reduction
significantly increases the computational efficiency. This is schematically shown in Figure 3.35.
Figure 3.35: Geometry and loading of the uniaxial sample (a) and a quarter of the geometry with symmetry boundary
conditions (b).
In the FEM model the load is applied to a reference point (RP) which is connected to the sample
by means of a coupling constraint. Due to the coupling, the ends of the strips follow the
displacement of the RP, i.e. in the loading direction. This is schematically illustrated in Figure
3.36.
Figure 3.36: Coupling between the boundary nodes of the sample and the RP in the loading direction. The load is
applied in the reference point.
Since the uniaxial test approximately corresponds to a two-dimensional problem, the
displacements in z-direction are set to zero. Membrane elements (M3D4) are used for the finite
element calculations. The membrane elements carry membrane forces, but have no bending or
transverse shear stiffness. Hence the only nonzero stress components are those parallel to the
middle surface, resulting in a state of plane stress [52]. Results obtained with this numerical
model will be discussed in detail in chapter 5 for a variety of material models.
Chapter 3. Uniaxial tensile tests
59
3.5. Conclusions Uniaxial testing is a very simple and effective technique to examine the material behavior of a
coated fabric. The obtained stress-strain curves provide good knowledge about the behavior of
the T2107 material, at least for the case of uniaxial tension.
The stress-strain curve in warp direction is characterized by an initial elastic behavior, followed by
plasticity phenomena. The yield stress approximately corresponds to 14 MPa. If the maximum
stress exceeds the yield stress, a large permanent deformation is observed after the first loading
and unloading cycle. This permanent strain increases a little during the next loading and
unloading cycles but stabilizes after 3-5 cycles. In case the yield stress is not reached, neither
permanent strain nor hysteresis is observed. This strongly suggests that the hysteresis effect in
warp direction is triggered by plasticity phenomena of the coated fabric.
The stress-strain curve in the fill direction mainly differs from the one in warp direction during
the first loading and unloading cycle. In fill direction, the coated fabric initially responds with a
very low stiffness. It is concluded that this stage is mainly governed by the occurrence of crimp
interchange: the curved fill yarns straighten because of the applied tension force, leading to large
permanent strains. After this initial stage, the coated fabric is actually stretched, resulting in a
more stiff linear elastic behavior. As was the case for the warp direction, both hysteresis effects
and plasticity phenomena are observed when exceeding a stress value of 14MPa. Nevertheless,
even when loaded beneath 14MPa, a permanent strain is observed. This can be attributed to the
fact that the straightening of the fill yarns is not completely reversible during unloading. More
evidence of this behavior is found by decreasing the load below the preload level. A sudden
change in strain is observed, indicating that the fibers become partially curved again. In contrast
to the warp direction, hysteresis is observed even if the yield point is not crossed. Therefore,
hysteresis in fill direction can be attributed to both plasticity phenomena and crimp interchange.
60
Chapter 4.Biaxial tensile tests
4.1. Introduction In addition to uniaxial tensile tests, biaxial tensile tests are performed in order to determine the
membrane material behavior. Moreover, because of the interaction between the orthogonal warp
yarns and fill yarns, biaxial tests are essential to fully capture the material behavior of a membrane
[3]. The present chapter starts with a description of the experimental setup, followed by an
examination of the influence of the cruciform geometry. After this, the experimental results are
discussed and the chapter ends with some conclusions.
4.2. Experimental setup
4.2.1. Biaxial extension of cruciform samples
Cross-shaped samples, which are cut out along the fiber directions of the membrane, are tested in
a biaxial testing machine (Figure 4.1). This method is universally accepted and widely applied for
determining the material behavior of architectural membranes.
Figure 4.1: Experimental setup for a biaxial test [35].
The cruciform sample consists of (i) a central part in which the stress combinations are obtained
and (ii) four arms to which the external load is applied. The arms consist of different strips
divided by slits. The presence of the slits forces the applied stresses to run through the central
part instead of around it, what results in a higher stress introduction and a more uniform stress
distribution at the central part. The corners between the arms are rounded to prevent stress
concentrations. The influence of geometry and the size of the sample as well as the influence of
the slits are examined into more detail in subsections 4.3.3, 4.3.4 and 4.3.5.
Biaxial tests are load controlled and in analogy to the uniaxial cycle repetition tests, the strains in
the central part are measured continuously. For this study, the biaxial tests are performed with
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
61
repetition of load cycles, to explore both the initial and the stabilized behavior of the coated
fabric, at limited load levels (well below the UTS level of the fabric to prevent failure). Since three
to five identical load cycles are necessary to exclude the presence of residual strain, a possible
load history looks like the one shown in Figure 4.2.
Figure 4.2: Possible load history (MSAJ test protocol) [35].
Some authors [4, 30] investigated the material behavior at a much wider range of different load
ratios, in order to explore the limits of the fabric response. An example of such kind of extreme
loading is shown in Figure 4.3 in a warp-fill stress space.
Figure 4.3: Radial load paths in the warp-fill stress space [4].
The number of radial arms and data points can vary depending on practical considerations, time
constraints and the level of detail required. Further testing can be carried out at stress states that
are important for the particular design.
As is the case for the uniaxial tensile tests, it is recommended to keep the loading rate more or
less constant during the experiment in order to improve the consistency of the experiments.
4.2.2. Bubble inflation tests
Flat circular membrane samples are clamped in a bubble inflation test device between a plate and
a ring (Figure 4.4) [48].
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
62
Figure 4.4: Bubble inflation test device for performing biaxial tests [48].
Air is injected between the aluminum plate and the foil, resulting in a spherical deformation of
the foil. The deformations are measured on the pole of the bubble, where a 1:1 load ratio is
obtained. The stresses at the pole are calculated by the pressure vessel theory. It is noted that the
bubble inflation test is not used for determining the material behavior of architectural
membranes because the loading is limited to a 1:1 ratio. Nevertheless this method is suitable for
the investigation of the material failure under biaxial stress, because the failure always occurs in
the pole region.
4.2.3. Biaxial experimental tests for this project
The experimental biaxial tests are, like the uniaxial tests, carried out at the VUB at the department
MeMC by Paolo Topalli [50]. The processed results are presented and discussed in detail in
section 4.4. The strains at the central part are determined using DIC technique. The applied load
and the elongation are recorded at the arms of the biaxial testing device. The stresses are not
evaluated at the center of the specimens, but they are determined by dividing the applied load by
the cross section. For this exact reason, the stress-strain curves in this thesis do not show the true
stress at the center of the sample, but the applied stress at the arms. Though it has to be
mentioned that for biaxial tests the difference can be considerable and consequently this
difference should be taken into account in the numerical computations, by consistently evaluating
the applied stresses instead of the computed stresses.
4.3. Numerical study of the geometry of the cruciform
sample Biaxial tests are carried out on cruciform samples with slits in the arms. However, the exact
geometry, i.e. the size of the sample and the amount and locations of the slits are variable. The
aim of this section is to select an optimal geometry. Basically, there are two important conditions
which increase the reliability of the measurement in a biaxial test. On the one hand, there must be
a sufficiently large area in the central part with a uniform stress and strain distribution in order to
obtain good DIC results. On the other hand, the stress value in the center must correspond as
good as possible to the applied stress. The latter concerns the fact that stresses applied to the
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
63
arms of the cruciform sample do not run fully through the central part. Hence this results in a
lower stress state in the central part. The presence of slits in the arms diminishes this effect [52].
Apart from this, it is also important to avoid both unnecessary consumption of material and
time-consuming preparations, in order to facilitate the experiments.
After a description of the used methods and assumptions of the FEM model of the biaxial test,
the influence of the shape of the tips of the slits is studied. After that, the influence of the size of
the cruciform sample and the number and locations of the slits are investigated.
4.3.1. Principles and assumptions for the FEM simulation
The convention regarding the coordinate system is adopted from section 3.4: the X-axis or 1-
direction corresponds to the warp direction, while the Y-axis or 2-direction corresponds to the
fill direction (see Figure 4.5). The Z-axis or 3-direction can be neglected for the present
investigation.
Considering the symmetry of the cruciform shape, only a quarter of the geometry is simulated by
adding symmetry boundary conditions as shown in Figure 4.5, in analogy to the FEM of the
uniaxial test.
Figure 4.5: Geometry of the cruciform sample used in experimental biaxial tests (a) and a quarter of the sample with boundary conditions and loading (b).
In the experiments, each arm of the cruciform sample is loaded by means of a single clamping
device. For this reason, the ends of the strips cannot move independently. In the FEM model,
this is simulated by coupling the displacements of the ends of the strips to one RP. In analogy to
the FEM model of the uniaxial test, the external load is applied in this RP. This is schematically
illustrated in Figure 4.6.
Figure 4.6: Loading the ends of the arms by coupling the boundary nodes to a reference point in which the load is applied.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
64
The two reference points are located as shown in Figure 4.7. Because of the symmetry of the
geometry, their only degree of freedom is in the direction of the applied load (along the arms).
Figure 4.7: Geometry of the finite element simulation, including symmetry boundary conditions and reference points.
For simplicity a linear elastic orthotropic material behavior is assumed in this section. Once a
good understanding is obtained about the simulation of the biaxial test, more advanced material
models will be investigated (chapter 5). The company EMPA performed biaxial tests on samples,
made of a similar material as the one used for this master thesis, and linearized the stress-strain
curves in order to determine the elasticity constants. The obtained elasticity constants and some
other characteristics are given in Table 4.1.
Table 4.1: Elasticity constants and other material constants for the membrane material.
The size of the mesh determines the accuracy of the results on the one hand and the
computation time on the other hand. Smaller elements result in a higher accuracy of the
calculations, but increases the computation time. Hence, a sufficient mesh has to be defined in
order to do accurate calculations. Typically, several element sizes are used: large elements in the
arms, while smaller ones dictate the zone of interest, i.e. the central part of the cruciform sample.
Further mesh refinement is done in zones where a geometrical discontinuity is encountered, i.e.
the slit tips. Membrane elements (M3D4) with a thickness of 0.83 mm are used. To verify
whether a correct mesh size is used, a mesh convergence check is performed: 7 possible meshes
with a different size of mesh element are compared. As geometry, a cruciform sample with a
central part with an area of 100 mm x 100 mm and arms with a length of 100 mm are used. A
load ratio 1:1 is modeled by applying an equal load of 2080 N in both warp and fill direction. The
applied load corresponds to a stress of 25 MPa. Figure 4.8 shows the evolution of both the S11
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
65
and S22 value in the center of the cruciform sample as a function of the number of mesh
elements. It can be seen that the stress values increase for an increasing number of mesh
elements, which obviously corresponds to a decreasing size of the mesh elements. One can see
that the computed stress values converge to 24.847 MPa. It can be stated that the 5th mesh is
completely stabilized, indicating that its element size is reasonable to provide accurate results.
Figure 4.8: Value of the stresses S11 (a) and S22 (b) at the central point of the cruciform sample for 7 meshes with a different number of mesh elements.
In the above convergence study, only the central point of the cruciform sample was considered.
In order to have a better overview of the evolution of the stresses in the complete central part for
an increasing number of elements, the stress S11 is plotted along three different paths in the
central part. The horizontal, vertical and diagonal paths all start at the central point of the
cruciform geometry (see Figure 4.9).
Figure 4.9: Horizontal, vertical and diagonal path in central part along which the stresses and strains are compared.
In Figure 4.10 the stress S11 is shown along these paths for the 7 different meshes. It is clear that
mesh 1 and mesh 2 are too rough to obtain accurate results. Mesh 5, 6 and 7 largely result in the
same value for stress component S11 along all the paths. For this reason, the same conclusion
can be drawn as from Figure 4.8: the refinement level of mesh 5 is adequate for the biaxial
simulation. It is furthermore noted that mesh 5 does not cause large calculation times.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
66
Figure 4.10: Stress S11 along the diagonal path (a), horizontal path (b) and vertical path (c) for 7 different meshes.
The partitioning of the sample for mesh 5 is shown in Figure 4.11. This mesh was designed for a
cruciform geometry with four slits in each arm. Note that, compared to the element size in the
arms, the elements have smaller dimensions in the zone of interest, i.e. the central part of the
cruciform sample. When changing the geometry of the sample or the assigned element type, the
previous convergence study has to be repeated.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
67
Figure 4.11: Mesh used in the FEM for a sample with four slits in each arm.
4.3.2. Shape of the slit tips
In this subsection, the influence of the physical shape of the slits on the stress distribution in the
central part is investigated. In the experimental setup, the slits in the arms are incisions within the
material and therefore have a limited physical width. For this reason, a very small width is
attributed to the slits in the FEM model. Though, this provides several possibilities for the shape
of the tips of the slits. Three different kinds of shapes are considered: (i) rectangular tips,
(ii) round tips and (iii) peak tips (Figure 4.12).
Figure 4.12: Three different shapes of the tips of the slits: rectangular, round, peak.
The same geometry and loading conditions are used as described in subsection 4.3.1. Following
contour plots for the stresses S11, S22 and S12 are obtained by means of the FEM for the three
different shapes. The stresses S33, S13 and S23 are equal to zero since the assumption of plane
stress is inherent to the definition of membrane elements. Considering the linear elastic material
model, the plots of the strains are similar to the plots of the stresses.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
68
Figure 4.13: Contour plots of stresses S11 in biaxial test sample under 1:1 load ratio (25 MPa) for orthotropic linear elastic material behavior: rectangular tips (a), round tips (b), peak tips (c) and legend (Pascal) (d)
Figure 4.14: Contour plots of stresses S22 in biaxial test sample under 1:1 load ratio (25 MPa) for orthotropic linear elastic material behavior: rectangular tips (a), round tips (b), peak tips (c) and legend (Pascal) (d)
Figure 4.15: Contour plots of stresses S12 in biaxial test sample under 1:1 load ratio (25 MPa) for orthotropic linear elastic material behavior: rectangular tips (a), round tips (b), peak tips (c) and legend (Pascal) (d).
It is observed that the contourplots for the different slit tips look very similar. To make the stress
differences more visible, the stresses are plotted on a chosen ‘path’ in the cruciform sample. Since
we are interested in the stress introduction and stress distribution in the central part, the
comparison between the various slit ends is limited to the stress results in the central part.
Besides, the sharp corners at the slit ends give rise to singularities in the stress concentration for
decreasing mesh size, so the comparison of the stresses at those places is pointless. A meaningful
comparison of the three possibilities is made by plotting the stresses S11, S22 and S12 on a
diagonal path in the central part of the sample, starting at the center and ending at the rounded
corners (Figure 4.9). The plots along the diagonal path for different slit tip geometries are shown
in Figure 4.16, Figure 4.17 and Figure 4.18.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
69
Figure 4.16: Stress curves S11 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips
Figure 4.17: Stress curves S22 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips
Figure 4.18: Stress curves S12 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips.
Previous graphs make clear that the difference in stress, for the different geometries of the slit
ends, are very small in the central part of the cruciform sample. Figure 4.19, Figure 4.20 and
Figure 4.21 show a magnification of the previous graphs. Still, hardly any difference is observed.
Note that the shear stress S12 does not contribute significantly to the total stress state in the
central part of the sample.
Figure 4.19: Stress curves S11 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips (magnification)
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
70
Figure 4.20: Stress curves S22 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips (magnification)
Figure 4.21: Stress curves S12 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips (magnification).
Based on this, it is concluded that the shape of the slit ends does not affect the stress distribution
in the central part of the sample. From now on, round tips are used because this enables applying
easily a mesh refinement in that area.
4.3.3. Size of the sample
In literature [31, 33], cruciform test samples with a central part of size 200 mm x 200 mm up to
700 mm x700 mm are commonly used. In order to reduce the material consumption for the
experiments, it is investigated whether such big samples are necessary, or not. Since the stresses
in the experiments are determined by means of DIC, a small central region with uniform stress
distributions is sufficient. In the following, two cruciform samples with different size (Figure
4.22) are simulated and discussed with respect to each other.
Figure 4.22: Comparison size of geometry of two cruciform samples: small geometry (a) and big geometry (b).
Similar to the previous subsection, the stresses of the two samples are compared at the diagonal
path in the central area. Figure 4.23, Figure 4.24 and Figure 4.25 show respectively S11, S22 and
S12 in function of the normalized distance along the path for the two geometries.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
71
Figure 4.23: Stress curves S11 along diagonal path for the big geometry and the small geometry (a) and magnification (b).
Figure 4.24: Stress curves S22 along diagonal path for the big geometry and the small geometry (a) and magnification (b).
Figure 4.25: Stress curves S12 along diagonal path for the big geometry and the small geometry (a) and magnification (b).
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
72
On a normalized scale, both graphs look very similar, especially for a normalized distance d <
0.5, which is the zone of interest. The distance along the path ranges from 0 mm to 369 mm for
the big geometry, while it ranges from 0 mm to 73 mm for the small geometry. However, the
uniform area in the center is still sufficiently large to perform a correct DIC analysis. From this it
can be concluded that working with a smaller test sample, for example with a central part of 100mmx100mm does not cause any addition problems.
The first experimental biaxial tests were performed with samples having a central part of 100mmx100mm. Though, because of some practical aspects during the experiments (the
stability), the sample size was later enlarged up to a central part of 200mmx200mm [50].
4.3.4. Number of slits
As stated above, the slits provide a higher stress introduction and a more uniform stress
distribution in the central part of the cruciform sample [27]. Since the slits must be placed very
precisely for accurate experiments, they require a lot of preparatory work. Hence, the question
arises: how many slits are necessary or can the slits be omitted without loss of accuracy? Nine
samples with different numbers of slits are modeled and the stress distributions in the central
parts are compared. For this study, the strips of a sample have an equal physical width. The
investigated geometries are shown in Figure 4.26 having respectively 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9 and 19
slits in each arm.
Figure 4.26: Geometry of samples with different number of slits studied in order to determine the influence of the number of slits on the stress state in the central part.
For all samples, the same boundary conditions and loads are applied. The stresses S11, S22 and
S12 respectively are plotted in Figure 4.27, Figure 4.28 and Figure 4.29 as a function of the
normalized distance along the diagonal path.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
73
Figure 4.27: Stresses S11 along diagonal path for geometries with different numbers of slits (a) and magnification (b).
Figure 4.28: Stresses S22 along diagonal path for geometries with different numbers of slits (a) and magnification (b).
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
74
Figure 4.29: Stresses S12 along diagonal path for geometries with different numbers of slits (a) and magnification (b).
Figure 4.27 (a), Figure 4.28(a) and Figure 4.29(a) indicate that the differences in stress distribution
along the diagonal path are rather small. However, the magnifications of the graphs (Figure
4.27 (b), Figure 4.28 (b) and Figure 4.29 (b)) show different stress distributions along the diagonal
path for the different geometries, all characterized by oscillations. For example, if Figure 4.27 (b)
is studied more thoroughly, it becomes clear that each positive oscillation in the stress curve
corresponds to a slit in the arms. This is illustrated in Figure 4.30 in case of 1, 2 and 3 slits. Note
that the graph is mirrored with respect to the origin (in contrast to the previously shown graphs).
Figure 4.30: Correspondence between location of slits in the geometry and oscillations of the stresses S11 in the central part.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
75
The location of the oscillations of the stresses S11 in the central part of the sample correspond to
the location of the slits in the sample. Similar conclusions can be drawn when considering the
stress S22. This means that a slit in the arm of the sample causes increased stresses at the
corresponding location on the diagonal path in the central part. This implies that no oscillations
in the stresses S11 and S22 are observed for the sample without slits. From Figure 4.27 (b) it can
be derived that the amplitude of the oscillations decreases when the number of slits increases, so
the requirement related to the uniform stress distribution is better fulfilled by samples with many
slits (apart from samples without slits). However, this is only one of the two requirements for a
good biaxial test. The second requirement, namely introducing the highest possible stresses into
the central part is also dependent on the number of slits in the arms. In Figure 4.31 the mean
values of the stresses S11 and S22 for all modeled samples between 0 and 0.8 of the normalized
distance along the diagonal path are compared.
Figure 4.31: Mean values of stresses S11 over a range of 80 % of the diagonal path for geometries with a different number of slits.
An increasing number of slits provides higher stresses S11 in the central part and thus a better
stress introduction. In Figure 4.32 the standard deviations of stresses S11 over the same range are
shown for all samples. Ignoring the sample without slits, a decreasing trend for increasing
number of slits can be observed. Hence, increasing the number of slits leads to a smaller standard
deviation of the stresses and thus to a more uniform stress distribution. The same conclusion has
already been drawn based on the stress curves along the diagonal path.
In order to obtain both a uniform stress distribution and a high stress introduction, samples with
a high number of slits are most appropriate. Of course, this causes more work during the
preparations of an experimental test.
Figure 4.32: Standard deviation of stresses S11 over a range of 80 % of the diagonal path for geometries with a different number of slits.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
76
4.3.5. Location of slits
In this subsection, the influence of the location of the slits is studied. It is assumed that two slits
are applied in each arm of the cruciform sample. The six different geometries that are compared
to each other are shown in Figure 4.33.
Figure 4.33: Configurations with different locations of two slits.
Again a comparison is made by plotting the stresses S11, S22 and S12 on a diagonal path in the
central part (Figure 4.34, Figure 4.35 and Figure 4.36).
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
77
Figure 4.34: Stresses S11 along diagonal path for configurations with different location of slits (a) and magnification (b).
Figure 4.35: Stresses S22 along diagonal path for configurations with different location of slits (a) and magnification (b).
6
5
1 4 3 2
6 5
1 4 3 2
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
78
Figure 4.36: Stresses S12 along diagonal path for configurations with different location of slits (a) and magnification (b).
As could be expected, all configurations have similar stress distributions in the central area (see
Figure 4.34 (a), Figure 4.35 (a) and Figure 4.36 (a)). Magnifications of the results reveal
oscillations in the stress curves, whose locations correspond to the locations of the slits in the
arms (see Figure 4.34 (b), Figure 4.35 (b) and Figure 4.36 (b)). Apart from this, the amplitude of
each oscillation also depends on the location of the corresponding slit. Figure 4.34 (b) and Figure
4.35 (b) show that the amplitude of the oscillation is smallest for configuration 2. In following
figures, both the mean value and standard deviation are compared for the different
configurations.
Figure 4.37: Mean values of stresses S11 over a range of 80 % of the diagonal path for geometries with different location of slits.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
79
Figure 4.38: Standard deviations of stresses S11 over a range of 80 % of the diagonal path for geometries with different locations of slits.
Figure 4.37 shows that the mean value of S11 over 80 % of the diagonal path increases steadily
from configuration 1 to configuration 6. Though note that the differences are rather small., hence
it is justified to ignore the dependency of the stresses in the central part on the location of the
slits. According to Figure 4.38, the standard deviation has a comparable value for all the
investigated configurations.
From this analysis, it can be concluded that a higher number of slits provides more accurate
stress-strain results. On the other hand, an increasing number of slits drastically increases the
time to prepare a sample. It was decided [50] that the improved stress introduction in the central
part of the sample does not outweigh the large preparation time, and thus the experiments have
been performed on cruciform samples with no slits. The difference in stress value is taken into
account by plotting the ‘applied stress’ as a function of the measured strain for both
experimentally and numerically obtained stress-strain curves.
4.4. Experimental test results The exact geometry of the biaxial test sample is shown in Figure 4.39.
Figure 4.39: Exact geometry of the biaxial test sample used for the experiments.
The used load ratios in sequence for the biaxial tests are 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0, 0:1, according to the
Japanese standard MSAJ [34]. Each load ratio is repeated 3 times so that both the initial behavior
and the stabilized behavior can be determined. Since the width of each arm is 200 mm, the
maximum applied load must be 4000 N in order to achieve a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa.
Figure 4.40 shows the applied load cycle in both warp and fill direction versus the time. The
different load ratios are easily identified in this graph.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
80
Figure 4.40: Load as a function of time for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1.
The strains in warp and fill direction, measured by DIC, are shown in Figure 4.41. Note that the
strain in fill direction is greater than the strain in warp direction, which is due to the crimp
interchange in fill direction. The permanent strain after three load cycles with load ratio 1:1 is in
warp and fill direction respectively 0.0144 and 0.0583.
Figure 4.41: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1.
Figure 4.42 and Figure 4.43 show the stress–strain curves in respectively warp and fill direction.
All load ratios are plotted in the same curve, but can be distinguished by the use of a different
color.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
81
Figure 4.42: ‘Applied stress’-strain curve in warp direction for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 and a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa.
Figure 4.43: ’Applied stress’-strain curve in fill direction for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 and a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa.
The main differences between the stress-strain curves in warp and fill direction appear during the
first loading cycle, i.e. the cycle where the largest permanent strain occurs. After this, both curves
look very similar, at least when taking into account the load ratios. The slopes of the stress-strain
curves change for each load ratio, probably because of the presence of both the Poisson effect
and crimp interchange.
The behavior of the tested material during the first loading cycle with a load ratio of 1:1 shows
both agreements and disagreements with the uniaxial tests. In fill direction, the sequence of low
stiffness, high stiffness, low stiffness is not observed unambiguously for the biaxial test, while it
was in case of the uniaxial test. The reason for this can be understood by taking into account that
the fill fibers are no longer free to straighten because of the applied stress in warp direction.
Though, some agreements between the uniaxial and biaxial experiment are found: (i) the overall
behavior in fill direction is less stiff than in the warp direction, (ii) the permanent strain in fill
direction is remarkably higher when compared to the results in warp direction and (iii) an elastic
regime followed by a plastic regime is observed for both warp and fill direction, in which a yield
stress of approximately 14 MPa can be determined.
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
82
The transition of load ratio 1:1 to 2:1, as well as 1:2 to 1:0, results in a small increase of the
permanent strain in warp direction, and consequently a small decrease in fill direction, probably
because the warp yarns become more straightened. The reverse is true for the transition of load
ratio 2:1 to 1:2, as well as 1:0 to 0:1.
Figure 4.44 and Figure 4.45 show the stress-strain curves in respectively warp and fill direction
for a biaxial test, similar to the previous ones, but in which 3 additional cycles at load ratio 1:1
were performed at the end. This means the experiment was both started (green curve) and ended
(blue curve) with 3 cycles at load ratio 1:1.
Figure 4.44: Stress - strain curve in warp direction for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0, 0:1 and 1:1.
Figure 4.45: Stress - strain curve in fill direction for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0, 0:1 and 1:1.
As could be expected, the green and the blue curves show different behavior in their first cycle,
because of the different load history present in the material. At the third cycle however, the
influence of the load history should be of minor importance and thus the same behavior should
be observed. The slope and the shape are indeed the same for the green and blue curve, but one
clearly observes that, compared to the green curve, the blue curve is shifted to the right over a
certain distance. The reason for this is that the fabric was subjected to plastic deformation during
Chapter 4. Biaxial tensile tests
83
the cycles in between the cycles corresponding to the green and the blue curve. The induced
plastic deformation causes a permanent strain which cannot be removed by simply repeating the
cycles with load ratio 1:1 three or more times. As a consequence, the effect of load history did
not disappear completely, at least for the investigated system.
4.5. Conclusions In this chapter, the influence of the geometry of the cruciform sample was studied by FEM. For
simplicity, a linear elastic material model was assumed. Three different shapes of the slit tips, i.e.
round, rectangular and peak, were studied. It can be concluded that the shape of the slits does
not have a significant influence on the stress distributions in the central part of the cruciform
sample. For the remainder, round tips are applied, mainly because of the straightforward mesh
partitioning associated with them. Furthermore, two cruciform samples with a different size were
investigated, i.e. a central part of 100 mm x 100 mm and a central part of 500 mm x 500 mm.
Both samples provide a sufficiently large area in the central part with a uniform stress
distribution, which is important to comfort the DIC measurement. After this, an investigation
was performed to the influence of the presence of slits for the stress in the central part of the
sample. It was found that the presence of slits in the arms causes stress oscillations at the
corresponding locations in the central part. The amplitudes of the oscillations become smaller
when increasing the number of slits. For this reason, more slits provide a more uniform stress
distribution. One exception of the latter rule is observed, namely the case in which the sample
has no slits. Furthermore, it was observed that a higher number of slits results in a higher mean
stress value in the central part. Hence from this analysis, it can be concluded that a higher
number of slits provides more accurate stress-strain results. On the other hand, an increasing
number of slits drastically increases the time to prepare a sample. It was decided that the
improved stress introduction in the central part of the sample does not outweigh the large
preparation time, and thus the experiments have been performed on cruciform samples with no
slits. The difference in stress value is taken into account by plotting the ‘applied stress’ as a
function of the measured strain for both experimentally and numerically obtained stress-strain
curves.
Once the geometry of the biaxial sample was fixed, experiments with different load ratios were
performed. The stress-strain curves in warp and fill directions show a different behavior during
the first loading cycle, as could be expected on the basis of chapter 2. However, the differences
are smaller compared to the results of the uniaxial tests. The transition of one load ratio to
another causes a small increase or decrease of the permanent strain. Apart from that, a different
slope of the stress-strain curves can be observed for different load ratios. It was assumed that
repeating each load cycle 3 times could exclude the influence of load history. However, a biaxial
experiment starting and ending with a load ratio 1:1 was carried out and different total permanent
strains were measured. This indicates that the load history introduces, besides the reversible
crimp interchange, plasticity phenomena which are inherently irreversible. For this reason,
different stress-strain curves are expected when repeating the biaxial test with a different
sequence of the same load ratios. Taking this into account, more experimental biaxial tests must
be performed in order to characterize the material behavior completely.
84
Chapter 5.Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
5.1. Introduction The quest for a material model, which represents the material behavior of the coated fabric in full-
scale foldable tent structures true-to-nature, is put forward. Given the fact that the stresses in
foldable tent structures are limited to 25% UTS [34], the stress range of interest lies between
0 MPa and 24.1 MPa for the investigated T2107 material. No attention is paid to the rupture and
failure of a coated fabric.
It is not the purpose of this master thesis to write a user-subroutine, nor to implement a micro
scale model. It is rather examined whether one of the built-in material model of Abaqus is capable
to describe the material behavior of the coated fabric in a proper way. Starting with simple linear
elasticity principles, we finally evolve to the Hill plasticity material model which accounts for the
nonlinear anisotropic nature of the tent material.
5.2. Selection criteria The suitability of a material model is evaluated by verifying following criteria:
(1) Orthotropic behavior
(2) Nonlinear behavior
(3) Orthotropic permanent deformation
It is far from easy to find a material model that satisfies all 3 criteria. One could argue that a 4th
criterion involves the hysteresis effect, which is due to the friction between fill and warp yarns and
plasticity phenomena during loading and unloading. Though, the hysteresis has only a small effect
on the material behavior and thus it is acceptable to neglect.
The material models that appear to be suitable based on the above selection criteria, are examined
and discussed in a more profound way by modeling both uniaxial and biaxial tensile tests. The
numerically applied loading conditions are modeled identical to the loading conditions of which
experimental data are available: (i) a uniaxial tensile test with 5 identical load cycles with a
maximum stress of 24.1 MPa in both warp and fill direction, (ii) a uniaxial test with 8 different load
cycles, in which the stress increases with increments of 4.82 MPa from 4.82 MPa to 33.73 MPa in
both warp and fill direction and (iii) a biaxial test with sequencing load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and
0:1 having a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa. The material models are evaluated by comparing the
calculated stresses and strains with the measured stresses and strains in the corresponding
experiment.
5.3. Orthotropic linear elastic material behavior As already described in chapter 2, orthotropic linear elastic material models are often used to
design tent structures [4, 30, 33, 34, 39, 40]. Although these models do not provide accurate
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
85
results, they have become very popular, mainly because of their simplicity. Orthotropic linear
elastic material behavior can be easily assigned in Abaqus\Standard, Abaqus\Explicit and
Abaqus\CAE [53].
An orthotropic linear elastic material model requires the definition of several material constants.
The Young’s moduli in warp and fill direction as well as the shear modulus are determined from
the uniaxial experiments in chapter 3. From the same experiments, Poisson ratios were calculated
according to νk� =− �º0ËË�¹ÌÍÎ ≈ 0.04 and ν�k =− �¹ÌÍÎ�º0ËË ≈ 0.25. However, the reciprocal
relationship ¸¹º»¹ = ¸º¹»º is not valid for coated fabrics (see section 2.4), which results in an anti-
symmetrical stiffness matrix. This is in contradiction with the assumption of a symmetrical
stiffness matrix, defined by only one Poisson ratio, in the linear elastic material model. Here we
premise νk� as Poisson ratio, its appropriateness will be checked later in the present section by
means of a combined numerical-experimental approach.
A. Uniaxial tests
The material constants are assigned to the FEM model which corresponds to the uniaxial tensile
test with load cycle repetition having a maximum load level of 24.1 MPa. In Figure 5.1 the
numerically computed stress-strain curves are compared to the corresponding experimentally
determined stress-strain curves for both warp and fill direction. It is clear that the numerical results
do not correspond to the experiments However, if the permanent strain from the first loading-
unloading cycle is excluded from the experimental results, the linear elastic model does 'describe'
the stiffness of the coated fabric in a uniaxial tensile state in a more or less appropriate way. It is
easy to understand that the permanent strain of the first cycles has an important influence on the
overall behavior of a tent structure and therefore cannot be ignored. Moreover, a pure uniaxial
loading and unloading state rarely occurs in a tent structure.
Figure 5.1: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have
been performed by means of an orthotropic linear elastic material model.
In Figure 5.2, a comparison between the calculated and the experimentally measured strain in the
direction perpendicular to the loading direction is shown for the last loading and unloading cycle
of the experiment, i.e. when crimp interchange and plasticity phenomena are of no importance.
For the uniaxial test in warp direction, the calculated strain in fill direction is higher than the
corresponding experimental strain, indicating that the used Poisson ratio is too high. For the
uniaxial test in fill direction, the opposite conclusion can be drawn, namely that the assigned
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
86
Poisson ratio is too small. These results indicate that one single Poisson ratio cannot describe the
interaction effect between warp and fill direction in a proper way. The effect of the Poisson ratio
will be further investigated in the discussion concerning the biaxial tests.
Figure 5.2: Calculated and measured strain in the direction opposite to the loading direction for a uniaxial test in warp direction (a) and in fill direction (b) as a function of the normalized time during the last loading and unloading cycle.
B. Biaxial tests
In Figure 5.3 the numerically calculated stress-strain curves of the biaxial tensile test are shown
together with the corresponding experimental curves. The same material model as for the uniaxial
tests is assumed, i.e. orthotropic linear elastic. Similar observations can be made as in the uniaxial
case: the permanent strain is not modeled by the linear elastic material model and the numerically
calculated slopes of the stress-strain curves for different load ratios correspond very well to the
slopes of the experimental stress-strain curves. Hence more advanced material models are needed
to capture the permanent strain. An example of a generated input file of a linear elastic model is
shown in appendix A1.
Figure 5.3: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with 5 identical cycles having a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa. The material model is an orthotropic linear elastic material model, the Poisson ratio
corresponds to 0.04.
5.4. Orthotropic multi-linear material behavior The previous section clearly indicates that the orthotropic linear elastic material model is not
appropriate for modeling a coated membrane true-to-nature. However, the shape of the
experimental stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test in both warp and fill direction (see Figure 3.9
and Figure 3.15) reveals that a multi-linear material law could be used to describe the material
behavior. The stress-strain curve in warp direction increases almost linearly up to the yield point.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
87
At this point the slope changes, while the curve stays almost linear until the maximum load is
reached. For the unloading curve, a more complex progress is observed, though it is an acceptable
approximation to linearize the unloading curve by simply connecting the points of maximum and
minimum stress. The stress-strain curve corresponding to the fill direction can be linearized in the
same way. At the beginning however, an extra linear part with a small slope is added. With an
orthotropic linear elastic material behavior, the correct slopes of each part of the stress-strain
curves can be assigned for both warp and fill direction simultaneously. These properties are shown
in Table 5.1.
Table 5.1: Young’s moduli in warp and fill direction for all linearized parts of the stress-strain curve
In order to make the consecutive linear behavior of the coated fabric possible in Abaqus, a tool for
transferring results between different Abaqus analyses is used. Abaqus provides the capability to
import a deformed mesh and its associated material state at the end of a calculation, into a new
model in which it is used as a starting condition (in Abaqus\Standard, Abaqus\Explicit and
Abaqus\CAE) [54]. This feature can be used to model each linear part of the stress-strain curve in
an individual model, in which each model has its own elasticity constants, and stitch the different
models to each other. In the first model, the load is increased up to approximately 5 MPa. The
state of the sample at the end of this simulation is imported into a second model, having different
linear elastic properties. A new calculation is performed in which the load increases from 5 MPa to
15 MPa. At the end of this stage, the results are imported into a third model and so on. The
numerical procedure stops when the sample gets unloaded to 0 MPa. The stress-strain curves
calculated by the FEM model are plotted in Figure 5.4, together with the corresponding
experimentally recorded stress-strain curves for both warp and fill direction. Good agreement is
observed between the FEM results and the experimental results. It is furthermore noted that the
resemblance can be improved by subdividing the stress-strain curves into more linearized parts. In
that way, even the hysteresis loops can be included. An example of a generated input file of a
multilinear model is shown in appendix A2.
Figure 5.4: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test in warp direction (a) and in fill direction (b). The material model is an orthotropic multilinear material model.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
88
This method seems to be very appropriate for modeling the behavior of a coated fabric. However,
there are some practical problems. For a complete tent structure which is subjected to both
preload and external loads, e.g. wind load and snow load, it is not known in advance when exactly
the membrane will be subjected to a stress for which the models must be changed. Moreover, this
moment can differ for each point of the tent structure. For this reason the present modeling
method is inapplicable to model a complete tent structure. Hence, there is no point to extend the
current analysis to biaxial tests. A better, more sophisticated material model is needed.
5.5. Isotropic hyper elastic material behavior with
permanent set The isotropic hyper elastic material model is valid for isotropic, nonlinear materials that exhibit an
elastic response, even at large strains [55]. In Abaqus, isotropic hyper elasticity can be combined
with permanent deformations which are called permanent set in rubberlike materials [56]. The
combination of the nonlinear hyper elasticity and the permanent deformations fulfills several
criteria for appropriately modeling the behavior of a coated fabric. It is available in
Abaqus\Standard, Abaqus\Explicit and Abaqus\CAE [55, 56].
Hyper elastic materials are described in terms of a strain energy potential U, which defines the
strain energy stored in the material per unit of reference volume as a function of the strain. Several
strain energy potentials are available in Abaqus: Arruda-Boyce, Marlow, Mooney-Rivley, neo-
Hookean, Ogden, Polynomial, reduced polynomial, Yeoh and Van der Waals. The material
coefficients of the hyper elastic models can be calibrated from experimental stress-strain data
which are obtained by means of 4 simple tests: (i) uniaxial test, (ii) equibiaxial test, (iii) planar test
and (iv) volumetric compression test. Based on these experimental data, Abaqus computes the
hyper elastic material parameters through a least-squares-fit procedure in which the relative error in
stress is minimized. For this application, the Yeoh strain energy potential is employed, which is
defined as:
½ = ¼��Ï�̅ − 3� +¼[�Ï�̅ − 3�[ +¼\�Ï�̅ − 3�\ + 1À� Ð�� − 1�[
+ 1À[ Ð�� − 1�] + 1À] Ð�� − 1�Ñ
(5.1)
where U is the strain energy per unit of reference volume, Ci0 and Di are material parameters, Ð�� is the elastic volume ratio and I�̅ is the first deviatoric strain invariant. This relation is investigated
and discussed into more detail.
The elastic volume ratio J�� relates the total volume ratio J to the thermal volume ratio Jth:
Ð�� = ÐÐjÓ = detÖ�1 + q�jÓ�1 + q[jÓ�1 + q\jÓ� (5.2)
with ε�§×, ε[§× and ε\§× the principal thermal expansion strains. For this master thesis J§× = 1
since temperature differences are not taken into account. Furthermore, the degree of
compressibility is not crucial for applications where the material is not extremely confined,
therefore the assumption that the material is fully incompressible is justified: the volume of the
material cannot change or J = 1.This implies that J�� = 1 and therefore the three last terms of
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
89
equation (5.1) are equal to zero. This results in the following relation for the Yeah strain energy
potential:
½ =¼��Ï�̅ − 3� +¼[�Ï�̅ − 3�[ +¼\�Ï�̅ − 3�\ (5.3)
The first deviatoric strain invariant Ï�̅ is defined as:
Ï�̅ = Ø̅�[ +Ø̅[[ +Ø̅\[ (5.4)
with Ø̅5 = Ð��/\Ø5 the deviatoric stretches. Because of the assumption of an incompressible
material, or equivalently J=1, the expression for the first deviatoric strain invariant I reduces to:
Ï�̅ =Ø�[ + Ø[[ + Ø\[ (5.5)
Permanent set is a feature to model the permanent strain which is observed for certain materials
undergoing a loading and unloading cycle. It is captured by isotropic Mises plasticity, combined
with a flow rule. In the context of finite elastic strains associated with the hyper elastic material
behavior, the plasticity is modeled using a multiplicative split of the deformation gradient into
elastic and plastic components:
Ö = Ö� ∙ Ö� (5.6)
where Û� is the elastic part of the deformation gradient (representing the hyper elastic behavior)
and Û� is the plastic part of the deformation gradient.
A uniaxial tensile test with increasing load is simulated in Abaqus with the use of a material model
which consists of both a permanent set law and a Yeoh hyperelastic behavior. The experimental
stress-strain data of the loading curve of a uniaxial test in warp direction have been applied as test
data to the numerical material model. The material coefficients of the Yeoh hyperelastic model, i.e.
C10, C20 and C30, were calibrated to these test data by Abaqus. The numerically computed stress-
strain curves are shown in Figure 5.5. The isotropic hyper elastic material model with permanent
set enables to define the loading curve of the coated fabric in warp direction in a very precise way.
However, because of the major differences of the stress-strain behavior between warp and fill
direction, the inherent isotropy prevents the model to be useful for simulating a coated fabric. In
addition, the unloading behavior cannot be predicted in a proper way because the definition of the
multiplicative split for modeling permanent deformations entails a similar shape for both the
loading and unloading curve. The latter is in clear contrast with the loading and unloading behavior
observed in the experiments. An example of a generated input file of the isotropic hyper elastic
model with permanent set can be found in appendix A3.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
90
Figure 5.5: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test with increasing load in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a test data based Yeoh hyper
elasticity model fitted to the warp direction combined with a permanent set law.
5.6. Anisotropic hyper elastic material behavior An anisotropic hyper elastic material model provides a general capability for modeling materials
that exhibit both anisotropic and nonlinear elastic behavior and it is valid up to large strains [57].
Because of the orthotropy, the nonlinear behavior and the finite strain possibilities, it seems a very
promising material model to describe the first loading cycle of a uniaxial or biaxial test. The
material model is supported by Abaqus\Standard, Abaqus\Explicit [57].
In Abaqus, two strain energy potentials are available: the generalized Fung form and the potential
proposed by Holzapfel, Gasser and Ogden. Both potentials are adequate for modeling orthotropic
hyper elastic material behavior. However, whereas Fung’s form is purely phenomenological, the
Holzapfel-Gasser-Ogden form is micromechanically based [58]. Both forms are described and
discussed a bit more into detail.
5.6.1. Generalized Fung potential
The generalized Fung strain energy potential has the following form:
½ = Ü2expÞ� − 1� + 1ÀßÐ��[ − 12 − ln Ð��á (5.7)
where U is the strain energy function per reference volume, c and D are material parameters, Q is a
dimensionless quantity and Jel is the elastic volume ratio. These quantities are discussed more in
detail.
The first term on the right hand side of (5.7) is the distortional or isochoric part [59], in which Q is
defined as
Þ = qâ̅ ∶ ä ∶ qâ̅ =q5̅6â �56å�qå̅�â (5.8)
where b�.H� is a dimensionless symmetric fourth-order tensor of anisotropic material constants [59].
The number of independent constants depends on the level of anisotropy of the material. Based
on the symmetry of εçè there are 21 constants for the general anisotropic case and 9 constants for
the orthotropic case. The εç�.è are the components of the modified green tensor [60]. The factor
c>0 is a material parameter in units of stress, and is dependent on the initial deviatoric elasticity
tensor ��� [57, 59]:
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
91
Ü = äé�� (5.9)
The second term on the right hand side of (5.7) is the dilatational or volumetric part, in which D is
a material parameter which depends on the bulk modulus ê�:
À = 2ê� (5.10) J�� is the same elastic volume ratio as was defined in equation (5.2), and thus equals unity.
Therefore, the volumetric term becomes zero and consequently the Fung strain energy potential
reduces to:
½ = Ü2expÞ� − 1� (5.11)
It is clear that this strain energy potential inherently provides an exponential relationship
(e.g. Figure 5.6) between the stress and the strain [61, 62]. It is exactly this exponential curve that
impedes Fung hyper elasticity to be appropriate for modeling the behavior of a tent membrane.
Indeed, compare the stress-strain curve obtained with Fung hyper elasticity to the experimentally
determined stress strain curve of a coated fabric (Figure 5.6). These curves can never get matched
to each other, no matter which constants have been defined in the numerical model. An example
of a generated input file of the anisotropic hyper elastic material mode, in which the generalized
Fung potential is used, is shown in appendix A4.
Figure 5.6: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test with increasing load in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a hyper elastic Fung model with a
scaling factor.
5.6.2. Holzapfel-Gasser-Ogden potential
The form of the strain energy potential is given by:
½ = ¼��Ï�̅ − 3� + ë�2ë[ � ìBízë[⟨vçï⟩[{ − 1ñï�� + 1ÀßÐ��[ − 12 − ln Ð��á (5.12)
Where U is the strain energy potential per unit of reference volume. Analogue to the general Fung
form, the third term on the right hand side of (5.12) which describes the volumetric part of the
energy potential can be set to 0. The first two terms of (5.17) describe the isochoric deformation
behavior ψ� , which is represented by a superposition of the isotropic potential ψ� �òó and the
anisotropic potential ôç~�5ÆÈ [63, 64].
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
92
ôç = ôç5ÆÈ +ôç~�5ÆÈ (5.13)
The isotropic contribution ψ� �òó is given by:
ôç5ÆÈ =¼��Ï�̅ − 3� (5.14) and mainly governs the initial stiffness represented by the elasticity of the non-fibrous substances.
The factor C10 is a material parameter and depends on the initial deviatoric elasticity tensor ���; I�̅
is the first deviatoric strain invariant.
The anisotropic contribution ôç~�5ÆÈ is given by:
ôç~�5ÆÈ = ë�2ë[ �ìBízë[⟨vçï⟩[{ − 1�ñï�� (5.15)
This part governs the much higher stiffness at large strains induced by the fibers [58]. k1>0 and
k2>0 describe the mechanical properties of the fibers and are respectively a stress-like and a
dimensionless material parameter [65, 66]. N corresponds to the number of families of fibers
(N≤3). All families of fibers have the same mechanical properties, i.e. the same set (k1, k2) [64]. The
model assumes that the directions of the fibers within each family are dispersed with rotational
symmetry about a mean preferred direction. The parameter � (0 ≤ � ≤ 1/3) describes the level
of dispersion in the fiber directions. If ρθ� is the orientation density function that represents the
normalized number of fibers with orientations in the range zΘ, Θ + dΘ{ with respect to the mean
direction, the parameter � can be written as
� = 14y ö÷�ø��\÷|÷ù� (5.16)
When κ = 0, the fibers are perfectly aligned, while in the other limit, when κ = �\, they are
randomly distributed. In the latter case, the material behaves mechanically isotropic. It is assumed
that all families of fibers have the same dispersion.
The strain-like quantity E�� is given by
vçï ≝ �Ï�̅ − 3� +1 − 3��£Ï]̅ïï� − 1¤ (5.17)
and characterizes the deformation of the family of fibers with mean direction ü�. I]̅��� are
pseudo-invariants of Cç and ü�. For perfectly aligned fibersκ = 0� the strain-like quantity
becomes I]̅��� − 1, while for randomly distributed fibers κ = �\� it is I�̅ − 3. A fundamental
hypothesis of the model is that the fibers can only support tension, because they would buckle
under the smallest compressive load [64]. This condition is enforced by the term ⟨E��⟩ in equation
(5.15), where the operator ⟨∙⟩ stands for the Macauley bracket and is defined as ⟨x⟩ = �[ |x| + x�, thus the anisotropic contribution in the strain energy function appears only when the strain of the
fibers is positive or, equivalently, when ⟨E��⟩ > 0.
The presence of both an isotropic term, which represents the behavior of the coating, and an
anisotropic term, which describes the influence of the fibers, indicates that the Holzapfel-Gasser-
Ogden form may be well suited for modeling a coated fabric in a realistic way. However, the
behavior of the fibers is limited to an exponential relationship between the stress and the strain (as
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
93
for the Fung form). For this reason, it is impossible to reproduce the experimentally recorded
stress-strain curves, which have a non-exponential course, by means of an anisotropic hyper elastic
material model using the Holzapfel-Gasser-Ogden potential.
Hence, the above discussed hyperelastic models seem to be qualified to describe the material
behavior of a coated fabric partly. The isotropic hyper elastic model has the big advantage that the
actual experimental test data can be imported right away. But it cannot describe the orthotropic
nature of a coated fabric. The anisotropic hyper elastic model on the other hand does take into
account orthotropy, but makes use of an implemented strain energy potential. The available
potentials, namely the Fung potential and Holzapfel-Gasser-Ogden potential, have been discussed
and analyzed. It was found that both potentials cannot capture the material behavior of a coated
fabric, mainly because of the presence of an exponential factor in the strain energy expression. It is
clear that a combination between the isotropic and anisotropic hyper elastic models would lead to
a representative material model of a coated fabric. The possibility to combine them has been
checked and investigated, but it was found to be impossible in Abaqus 6.11. Hence our view is
expanded to other material models, which rely on completely different fundamental principles,
starting with the fabric material model in the next section.
5.7. Test data based fabric material behavior The nonlinear anisotropic behavior of woven fabrics can be modeled in Abaqus/Explicit by means
of a test data-based fabric material behavior [67]. It is a phenomenological model that captures the
mechanical response of a woven fabric. The state of the fabric is described in terms of (i) the
nominal direct strains, ε1 and ε2, in the fabric plane along the warp and the fill directions
respectively, and (ii) the angle ô�[ between the two fiber directions. The material orthogonal basis
is illustrated in Figure 5.7 for both the reference (E1 and E2) and the deformed configuration (e1
and e2), together with the fiber local directions in the reference (N1 and N2) and the deformed
configuration (n1 and n2).
Figure 5.7: Material orthogonal basis and yarn local directions for the reference configuration (a) and the deformed configuration (b) [67]
For typical coated fabrics used in tent structures, the warp and fill fibers are orthogonal in the
reference configuration, i.e. ψ�[� = π/2. The engineering nominal shear strain γ12 is defined as the
change in angle between the two fiber directions: γ�[ =ψ�[ −ψ�[� . Based on the nominal strains
along the fiber directions ε1 and ε2 in the deformed configuration as well as the applied test data,
the corresponding nominal stresses T11, T22 and T12 are calculated. Finally, the relationship between
the Cauchy stress σ and the nominal stress T is given by [67]:
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
94
Ð� = Ø�Â������ +Ø[Â[[�[�[ +Â�[ÜøÜô�[����[ + �[���− Â�[Ü��ô�[����� + �[�[� (5.18)
While the Poisson ratio accounts for the coupling between the different directions in real rigid
homogeneous materials, a coated fabric is in addition to the Poisson ratio governed by crimp
interchange of the fibers. The fabric material model based on test data however, assumes that the
responses along the fill and the warp directions are independent of each other and secondly that
the shear response is independent of the direct response along the yarns. Hence, each component-
wise fabric stress response depends only on the fabric strain in that component. For this reason,
the overall behavior of the fabric consists of three independent component-wise responses: (i) the
direct response along the fill yarn to the nominal strain in the fill yarn, (ii) the direct response along
the warp yarn to the nominal strain in the warp yarn and (iii) the shear response to the change in
angle between the warp and fill yarns. The accuracy of the inherent independency of the test data
based fabric material model will be checked later in the present section by comparing the
numerically computed stress-strain curves to the experimentally obtained stress-strain curves.
Within each component, i.e. the warp and fill direction, test data must be provided, which define
the response of the fabric. The test data can be specified separately for the loading and unloading
data. For this reason it is possible to define models that exhibit permanent deformation upon
unloading. The loading behavior is defined by specifying the fabric stress as a nonlinear function of
the fabric strain in table format. The unloading behavior controls the amount of energy dissipated
as well as the amount of permanent deformation. The unloading behavior can be specified in one
of the following ways: (i) an analytical unloading curve having an exponential or quadratic shape,
(ii) a unloading curve which is interpolated from multiple user-specified unloading curves or (iii) a
user-specified unloading curve which is shifted to the point of maximum stress (see Figure 5.8). In
Figures 3.31 and 3.34, it was shown that all unloading curves are more or less parallel and have
approximately the same shape for different maximum applied stresses in both warp and fill
direction. For this reason, the third way of defining the unloading behavior is employed by
entering the fabric stress as a function of the fabric strain in table format in a similar way as was
done for the loading behavior.
Figure 5.8: The actual unloading curve (BCD) is obtained by shifting the user-specified unloading curve horizontally [67]
The onset of yield can be specified by defining a strain value, below which unloading occurs along
the loading curve. For the warp and fill directions, this onset value is respectively set equal to 0.015
and 0.01, based on Figure 3.31 and 3.34.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
95
Different stress-strain behavior can be applied in compression and tension, which is a good
characteristic because of the completely different behavior of a coated fabric for opposite stresses.
Under tension, the fabric stretches, while under compression buckling occurs, even for very small
compression loads. Because of the latter, no experimental stress-strain data in compression are
available for the coated fabric. It might seem valid to assume that the membrane does not have any
compression resistance. Though, during both a uniaxial and a biaxial test, contraction is observed
in the direction perpendicular to the loading direction. Because of this, combined with the fact that
the response along warp and fill direction are independent from each other, the sample buckles if
no compression resistance is applied. Therefore, it is inevitable to define a certain resistance in
compression. The stiffness in compression is determined iteratively by comparing the experimental
strain with the numerical strain, which are perpendicular to the loading direction, for a uniaxial test
in the following subsection.
5.7.1. Uniaxial test data based FABRIC model
The applied material behavior in tension is extracted from the experimental uniaxial tensile tests.
Several points of the loading curve are used to define the stress-strain behavior. The original stress-
strain curve in both warp and fill direction, together with the superimposed data points for the
loading behavior in tension are shown in Figure 5.9. Note that the last chosen point does not lie on
the first loading cycle, but defines the maximum stress and strain value at the ultimate loading
cycle. In this way, the FEM model ends up with the total experimental strain in spite of the
shortcoming of the numerical model to take into account the small increase of strain between
different load cycles.
Figure 5.9: Experimental stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test and the superimposed points which define the material behavior in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b)
The experimental unloading and reloading curves have respectively a positive and a negative
curvature, and thus form a hysteresis loop. However, the FABRIC model does not account for the
hysteresis effect, consequently the unloading and reloading curve follow exactly the same course.
For this reason, the numerical unloading data is not chosen as the experimental unloading curve,
but rather as the golden mean between the experimental unloading and reloading curves. The
uniaxial tests with load cycle repetition were unloaded to a pre-stress level of 2.4 MPa, while the
uniaxial tests with increasing load were unloaded until 0 MPa. Therefore, the stress-strain curves of
the latter are used to extract the unloading data, as indicated with the orange line in Figure 5.10.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
96
Figure 5.10: Experimental stress-strain curve and chosen unloading behavior for a uniaxial test in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b)
The compression stiffness is temporarily assumed to be 0.025 GPa. The test data in shear for the
numerical model are determined in a similar way. An input file of the uniaxial test data based
FABRIC model is found in appendix A5.
A. Uniaxial test with load cycle repetition
The calculated stress-strain response for a uniaxial test with load cycle repetition in both warp and
fill direction, together with the experimental results, is presented in Figure 5.11. Good agreement
in both warp and fill direction between the experimental and numerical stress-strain curves is
observed. Though, some small deviations at stresses smaller than 10 MPa for the unloading curve
in fill direction can be seen. However, it is concluded that the results are acceptable. Note that the
crimp interchange is implemented in the model in a phenomenological way. The material model
does not capture the reallocations of the fibers and therefore cannot take into account the different
response during crimp interchange in case of another load ratio or load history. Nevertheless, the
present results suggest that the test data based fabric material model is very appropriate for
simulating a coated fabric subjected to a uniaxial tensile stress state. An example of a generated
input file is shown in appendix A5.
Figure 5.11: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have
been performed by means of the uniaxial test data based fabric model.
Both the calculated FEM strains and the measured experimental strains, in the direction
perpendicular to the loading direction, are plotted as a function of time in Figure 5.12.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
97
Figure 5.12: Calculated and experimentally measured strain (perpendicular to the loading direction) during the first loading and unloading cycle of a uniaxial tensile test having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa as a function of the
normalized time in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The FEM calculations have been performed by means of a uniaxial test data based fabric model with a stiffness in compression of 0.025 GPa.
No agreement is observed between the two curves: the measured experimental strains are in
absolute value clearly higher than the calculated FEM strains. This indicates that the chosen
stiffness of the compression behavior in warp direction was too high. The compression stiffness
was iteratively decreased until an acceptable agreement was obtained between the experiment and
the FEM model. A compression stiffness of 0.031 MPa in warp direction and 0.83 MPa in fill
direction was found. The corresponding strain as a function of normalized time are shown in
Figure 5.13. Still no good agreement is obtained between the experiment and the FEM model, but
at least the strains are in the right range. For the remainder of the present paragraph, the above
compression stiffnesses are used.
Figure 5.13: Calculated and experimentally measured strain (perpendicular to the loading direction) during the first loading and unloading cycle of a uniaxial tensile test having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa as a function of the
normalized time in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The FEM calculations have been performed by means of a uniaxial test data based fabric model and a stiffness in compression of respectively 0.031 MPa and 0.83 MP in warp and
fill direction.
B. Uniaxial test with increasing load
A second analysis to qualify the appropriateness of the used material behavior, imparts the
simulation of a uniaxial test with increasing load in both warp and fill direction. The results are
presented in Figure 5.14. Very good agreement between the experimental and the FEM stress-
strain curves can be observed.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
98
Figure 5.14: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with increasing maximum stress level in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a
uniaxial test data based fabric model.
The previous comparisons have proven that the test data based fabric model is appropriate to
simulate a uniaxial tensile test with different loading conditions.
C. Biaxial test
A third method to qualify the suitability of the fabric model fitted to the uniaxial test data concerns
the modeling of a biaxial tensile test. The calculated stress-strain curves are compared to the
experimental stress-strain curves in both warp and fill direction (see Figure 5.15).
Figure 5.15: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with successive load ratios are: 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The
calculations have been performed by means of uniaxial test data based fabric model.
Although the numerically computed strains correspond quite well to the ones obtained in the
experimental biaxial tests, one clearly observes the inability of the numerical model to account for
the different slopes of the various load ratios. Of course, this is not surprising since the fabric
model based on test data assumes independency between warp and fill direction. Furthermore it is
seen that the small increment in permanent strain between different load cycles as well as the
hysteresis are not captured. In warp direction, the error is higher for load ratios 1:2 and 0:1, while
in fill direction it is for load ratios 2:1 and 0:1.
D. Conclusion
It can be stated that the uniaxial test data based fabric model leads to an acceptable agreement with
the experiments for all three investigated loading conditions, namely uniaxial test with load cycle
repetition, uniaxial test with increasing load and biaxial test. In the next subsection, the model is
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
99
fitted to biaxial instead of uniaxial test data. It is investigated if the agreement between numerical
results and experiments improves.
5.7.2. Biaxial test data based FABRIC model
Here the fabric model is fitted to the stress-strain curve of the biaxial test for a load ratio 1:1. The
data points are superimposed to the experimental stress-strain curve (see Figure 5.16) and have
been chosen in a similar way as in the uniaxial test based fabric model (subsection 5.7.1). These
data points define the material behavior of the biaxial test data based FABRIC model.
Figure 5.16: Experimental stress-strain curve of a biaxial test and the superimposed data points which define the material behavior in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b).
A. Uniaxial test with load cycle repetition
The numerically calculated and experimentally recorded stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test with
load cycle repetition in both warp and fill direction are shown in Figure 5.17. It is observed that the
computed strain in both warp and fill direction is smaller compared to the experimentally obtained
strain. However, the strain differences are rather limited while the overall shape of the stress-strain
curves look very similar to the experiment.
Figure 5.17: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have
been performed by means of test data based fabric model fitted to the biaxial tests.
B. Uniaxial test with increasing load
The ability of the present model is further investigated with regard to a uniaxial test with increasing
load. The numerical results are compared with the experimental results, and are presented in Figure
5.18. The same observations can be made as was done for the uniaxial test with load cycle
repetition.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
100
Figure 5.18: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with increasing maximum stress level in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a
biaxial test data based fabric model
C. Biaxial test
The last method to qualify the suitability of the biaxial test data based fabric model concerns the
simulation of a biaxial tensile test. The numerical results are compared with the experimental
results in Figure 5.19.
Figure 5.19: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with successive load ratios: 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in both warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The
calculations have been performed by means of a biaxial test data based fabric model.
Similar conclusions can be drawn as for the uniaxial test data based fabric model, i.e. the
numerically computed strains correspond quite well to the experiment, while the different slopes
of the various load ratios as well as the hysteresis are not captured. Again, this is understood by
taking into account the inability of the current model to account for the interaction between warp
and fill direction. More interesting is the fact that, contrary to the uniaxial test data based fabric
model, the present model effectively predicts the small increments in strain between different load
ratios in a fairly accurate manner.
5.7.3. Conclusion
Two different test data based fabric models have been examined and discussed. The first test data
based fabric model employed the experimental stress-strain curves of uniaxial test, while the
second model is based on the biaxial test results. It was found that both models are capable of
predicting the stress-strain curve. Especially good agreement is found when simulating a uniaxial,
respectively biaxial test with a uniaxial, respectively biaxial test data based fabric model. The
limitations of the test data based fabric models have been identified. First of all, the model cannot
take an interaction between the warp and fill direction into account. Furthermore, it is a
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
101
phenomenological model and consequently it cannot account for a different crimp interchange
response for different loading conditions. A third limitation concerns the inability to model the
occurrence of hysteresis. The test data based fabric material model definitely provides a much
better prediction of the overall behavior of the coated fabric compared to the commonly used
linear elastic material model. In sections 3.3.2.6 and 3.3.2.7, it is was found that the structural
behavior of a coated fabric is partially governed by plasticity phenomena, even when applying a
modest external load (15%UTS). Hence at this moment a natural question arises: Can a plasticity
material model simulate a coated fabric true-to-nature?
5.8. Combined orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill material
model In chapter 3, it was demonstrated that the slope of the stress-strain curves decreases when the
stress value exceeds 14 MPa. After unloading permanent strain was observed which suggests the
presence of plasticity phenomena. Consequently, it is reasonable to model the coated fabric by
means of a combined elastic and plastic material model. The material constants for the elastic
model are adopted from section 5.3. In Abaqus/Standard, Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/CAE, a
classical metal plasticity model is available. It is possible to use either perfect plasticity or work
hardening. Perfect plasticity means that the stress does not change with the plastic strain after
yielding. This is obviously not realistic for a coated fabric. Work hardening implies that the surface
changes size in all directions such that the yield stress increases (or decreases) as plastic straining
occurs. Two yield surface definitions are available, namely the Mises yield surface and the original
Hill yield surface with an associated plastic flow [68]. Both surfaces assume that yielding of the
material is independent of the equivalent pressure stress [69]. The Mises yield surface is used to
model isotropic yielding. In Abaqus the evolution of the Mises yield surface is defined by the
uniaxial yield stress as a function of the uniaxial equivalent plastic strain. The Von Mises stress is
given by:
���= 1√2�£��� − � ¤[ + £� − ���¤[ + ��� − ����[ + 6�� [ + 6� �[ + 6���[ (5.19)
The Hill yield surface on the other hand allows the modeling of anisotropic yielding [70]. In this
formulation, a reference yield stress σ0 as well as a set of yield ratios Rij must be specified. The yield
ratios can be used to model materials which exhibit different yield behavior in different directions.
For example, if σij is the only nonzero stress component, the corresponding yield stress can be
calculated as:
�56 =�56� ,� (5.20)
In case of multiple nonzero stress components, the equivalent stress is calculated by means of the
Hill’s potential function:
��� = �4�[[ − �\\�[ + x�\\ − ����[ + ���� − �[[�[+2��[\[ + 2Ä�\�[ + 2��[[ (5.21)
in which F, G, H, L, M and N are defined as
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
102
4 = � ,�[2 1�ç[[[ + 1�ç\\[ − 1�ç��[� =12 1�[[[ + 1�\\[ − 1���[�
x = � ,�[2 1�ç\\[ + 1�ç��[ − 1�ç[[[� =12 1�\\[ + 1���[ − 1�[[[�� =� ,�[2 1�ç��[ + 1�ç[[[ − 1�ç\\[� =12 1���[ + 1�[[[ − 1�\\[�
� =32� ,��ç[\�[ =32 1�[\[
Ä =32� ,��ç�\�[ =32 1��\[
=32� ,��ç�[�[ =32 1��[[
(5.22)
In these formula, each σ��. is the measured yield stress value when σ�. is the only nonzero stress
component. σ¬,� is a user-defined reference yield stress, while τ¬,� = ��,�√\ is the reference shear
yield stress. The six yield stress ratios are: R�� = ������,�, R[[ = ������,�, R\\ = ������,�, R�[ = ������,�, R�\ = ������,� andR[\ = ������,�. In case all yield stress ratios are set equal to unity, equation (5.21)
reduces to the Von Mises equivalent stress relation (equation (5.19)).
Abaqus uses the following plastic flow rule [71, 72]:
|��� = |Ø ���� =|Ø� ä (5.23)
with λ the stretch ratio and b following matrix:
ä = NOOOOP−x�\\ −���� + ���� −�[[�4�[[ −�\\� − ���� −�[[�−4�[[ −�\\� + x�\\ −����2��[2Ä�\�2��[\ QR
RRRS (5.24)
For a uniaxial test in the 1-direction, hence σ11 is the only nonzero stress component, the
equivalent Hill stress can be calculated as (see appendix B1):
��� = ������ (5.25)
The flow rule on the other hand simplifies to (see appendix B2):
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
103
|��� = |Ø
NOOOOOOOOOOP
1 ���$− 12��� �1 + ß��� �[[$ á[ −ß��� �\\$ á[�− 12��� �1 + ß��� �\\$ á[ −ß��� �[[$ á[�
000 QRRRRRRRRRRS (5.26)
5.8.1. Hardening law
In this subsection, it is determined whether one of the hardening laws, developed for metal
plasticity, can be fitted to the plastic behavior of a coated fabric. The hardening laws give the stress
as a function of the equivalent strain. This equivalent plastic strain comes into existence when the
yield point is exceeded. The yield stress in both warp and fill direction (σk�h�¬ and σ����¬
) was
previously identified to be approximately 14 MPa (see subsections 3.3.2.1 and 3.3.2.2). However,
the exact location of transition between elastic and plastic behavior in the stress-strain curves is not
clear. The most commonly used method to determine the yield point is the so called offset method
[73]. However, this method is not relevant in the fill direction for a coated fabric, mainly because
of the presence of crimp interchange at the beginning of a uniaxial test. In order to determine a
reasonable yield point, a straight line with the same slope as the unloading behavior is shifted
horizontally until the transmission between the straight line and the stress-strain curve at the cross
point is sufficiently smooth. This is shown in Figure 5.20 (a), the added line crosses the stress-
strain curve at a stress level of approximately 11 MPa. The corresponding hardening curve is
shown in Figure 5.20 (b).
Figure 5.20: Experimental stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test in fill direction (green) together with a straight line having the same slope as the unloading curve (orange) (a) and hardening behavior giving the stress as a function of true
equivalent plastic strain (b).
For the stress-strain curve in warp direction, two possible yield points can be identified (see Figure
5.21(a)). The blue line is parallel to the unloading curve, hence its slope determines the elastic
Young’s modulus. However, the initial response of the coated fabric in warp direction is not
tangent to the blue line, but rather to the green line. According to these two lines, two possible
yield points can be determined, namely at 12 MPa for the green line and 17 MPa for the blue line.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
104
The corresponding hardening curves are shown in Figure 5.51(b). Both cases are further
investigated in this subsection.
Figure 5.21: Experimentally recorded stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test in warp direction, in which straight lines are added to determine the yield point (a) and hardening behavior giving the stress as a function of true equivalent plastic
strain for both yield points (b).
The parameters of two hardening laws are fitted to the hardening behavior of the coated fabric.
One of the hardening laws concerns the Voce model [74-76]:
��� = ¼ �1 − �exp£−ëq����¤� (5.27)
For metals, this model is known for its saturation of the flow stress at high plastic strains. It is a
physically based model. In other words, the model treats the strain hardening as a micro-
mechanical dislocation theory. Of course, this has no physical meaning for a coated fabric material.
Another hardening law is the Swift model which is a phenomenological hardening law. Hence the
parameters do not have a physical meaning. The Swift model is captured in following relation:
��� = ê£q� + q����¤� (5.28)
The parameters of the two hardening laws have been optimized by minimizing the cost function
C(p) for both warp hardening curves as well as the fill hardening curve. The Cost function C(p) is
defined as:
¼�� = 12T�5��� −�5s�~��W[ (5.29)
with χ���� the column vector of the experimentally measured response and χ������ the column
vector of the numerically computed response which is function of the unknown parameters p. A
schematic of the optimization is shown in Figure 5.22, and was implemented in the mathematical
software package Maple.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
105
Figure 5.22: Optimization of the Voce and Swift material parameters
The optimized parameters of the Voce, respectively Swift hardening law for the three curves are
given in Table 5.2 and Table 5.3. The corresponding hardening laws are plotted in Figure 5.23,
together with the experimentally obtained data points.
Table 5.2: Optimized parameters of the Voce hardening law for two warp and one fill hardening curves.
Table 5.3: Optimized parameters of the Swift hardening law for two warp and one fill hardening curves.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
106
Figure 5.23: Voce hardening law defined by optimized parameters for two warp curves and a fill curve (a) and Swift hardening law defined by optimized parameters for two warp curves and a fill curve (b) together with the experimental
data points.
Both the optimized Voce hardening laws and the optimized Swift hardening laws show very good
agreement with the experimental hardening data. The difference between the warp curves and the
fill curve in Figure 5.23 indicates that the plastic behavior of the coated fabric cannot be
considered isotropic. The optimization further reveals that the hardening curves are highly
dependent on the chosen yield point. This is illustrated by the difference between the blue and
green curve in warp direction, which only differ in the chosen yield point.
5.8.2. Lankford ratios
A method which is generally used for sheet metals in order to determine the grade of anisotropy is
adopted here. Uniaxial tensile tests provide a tool to measure the Lankford ratio rα, which is
defined as the ratio of the width plastic strain rate £ε�¬¬�»�¤�� to the thickness plastic strain rat£ε� �»�¤��e [77-79]:
!ï = £q � ���"¤��q ������"��� (5.30)
In this relation, α corresponds to the angle between the longitudinal axis of the tensile specimen
and the warp direction (reference direction). Since the thickness strain ε� �»� was not measured
during the experiments, the thickness plastic strain £ε� �»�¤�� is computed from both the length
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
107
plastic strain rate q ������"��� and the width plastic strain rate £ε�¬¬�»�¤�� by assuming volume conservation
[78, 80]:
q ������"��� =£q � ���"¤�� −q ������"��� (5.31)
With this, equation (5.30) can be written as:
!ï = £q � ���"¤��−£q � ���"¤��−£q ������"¤�� (5.32)
The Lankford ratios r0° (warp direction), r90° (fill direction) and r45° are calculated form the uniaxial
test in warp direction, fill direction and at 45° respectively. As discussed in paragraph 3.3.2.1 and
3.3.2.2, the measured strain during the uniaxial tests might be inaccurate, since the reference figure
for DIC was taken at the moment when no pre-load was applied to the sample. Nevertheless,
those strains are used to compute the Lankford ratios because of the lack of better and more
reliable experiments. The computed Lankford ratios for the coated fabric are presented in Figure
5.24 as a function of time. They are negative during pre-loading (0 s – 500 s), at the end of the pre-
loading, the Lankford ratios suddenly change. After pre-loading, the Lankford ratios are variable
which indicates that the anisotropy of the coated fabric evolves during the uniaxial tensile test. In
order to determine a unique value for each Lankford ratio, the curves in Figure 5.24 are averaged
in the time interval starting at 500 seconds until the end of the experiment. The averaged Lankford
ratios are: r0° = 0.0405, r90° = 0.0489 and r45° = -1.427. The small values of r0° and r90° suggest that
the thickness strain rate £ε� �»�¤�� is larger than the width strain rate £ε�¬¬�»�¤��, at least under the
assumption of volume conservation. The negative value of the Lankford ratio r45° indicates that the
width strain rate £ε�¬¬�»�¤�� becomes positive for a uniaxial test in shear loading.
Figure 5.24: Lankford ratios r0°, r90°, r45° as a function of time.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
108
The coefficient of normal anisotropy !̅, or the average Lankford ratio is defined by [81]:
!̅ =!�° + 2!]°° +!$�°4 (5.33)
For the investigated coated fabric, a value of -0.69115 is obtained. The magnitude of this
coefficient defines how much the in-plane material behavior differs from the out-of-plane material
behavior. The negative sign represents the large influence of the negative Lankford ratio !]°° for a
uniaxial test in shear.
The degree of planar isotropy ∆r or the variation, measures how the material behavior varies along
different material directions in the plane of the coated fabric [82]. Usually, ∆r is computed as:
∆! =!�° − 2!]°° +!$�°4 (5.34)
This leads to a value of 0.73585 for the coated fabric. The degree of planar isotropy is fairly higher
than zero. This means that an anisotropic plasticity model is more appropriate than an isotropic
plasticity model to capture the material behavior [83]. The orthotropic Hill plasticity model, which
is implemented in Abaqus, allows for defining 6 yield stress ratios to determine the anisotropy of
the coated fabric. The constants F, G, H and N can be computed, given that:
!�° =�x = �1 − �
!$�° =�4
!]°° =2 − 4 − x2x + 4� = 2 − 4 + � − 121 − � + 4�
(5.35)
With this, following values are obtained for F, G, H and N: 4 = 0.795, x = 0.961,� = 0.0389
and = −2.026. Consequently following yield stress ratios are obtained: R�� = 1, R[[ = 1.095, R\\ = 0.755 and R�[ = 0.861. The uniaxial tensile test is modeled in Abaqus with these yield
stress ratios. Because R11 equals unity, the user defined reference yield stress � ,� as a function of
the plastic strain q��,� corresponds to the yield stress �r~«� as a function of plastic strain qr~«���
in
warp direction.
The numerically calculated and experimentally recorded stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test with
load cycle repetition in both warp and fill direction are shown in Figure 5.25. The FEM model
predicts the behavior in warp direction in a proper way. In fill direction however, the computed
strain is much smaller than the experimental strain.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
109
Figure 5.25: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle
repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity material model in which the yield stress ratios are determined by means of
the Lankford ratios.
The presence of the crimp interchange at the beginning of the biaxial test prevents the Lankford
ratio based plasticity model to simulate the structural behavior of the coated fabric in a correct
manner. Because of the poor results, no further simulations are shown for the present material
model. In the next subsection, it is examined whether the Hill’s plasticity material model is more
appropriate to predict the behavior of the coated fabric when ignoring the crimp interchange in fill
direction. In that model no Lankford ratios will be determined, rather a fitting procedure to the
experimental curves is applied.
5.8.3. Hill’s plasticity excluding crimp interchange
The crimp interchange in the experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is excluded. In this
case, both warp and fill stress-strain curves consist of a linear elastic part until the yield point is
reached, which is followed by a hardening phase. The unloading curve is parallel to the initial linear
elastic zone. In other words, a pure elastic-plastic behavior is obtained. In the numerical model, the � ,� −q�� curve is fitted to the experiments in fill direction while R11, R22 and R12 are fixed at
respectively 1.333, 1 and 1.Note that R33, R13 and R23 are of no importance for a two-dimensional
problem
5.8.3.1. Material behavior fitted to the uniaxial tensile tests
A. Uniaxial test with load cycle repetition
The calculated stress-strain curves together with the experimentally recorded curves are presented
in Figure 5.26 for a uniaxial test in both warp and fill direction. Note that the experimental curve in
fill direction is shifted to the left. In this way, the strain resulting from the crimp interchange is
effectively ignored. The agreement between the FEM and the experiment is satisfactory for both
directions. This suggests that the Hill’s plasticity model is appropriate for simulating the behavior
of a coated fabric in uniaxial tensile tests, on the condition that the strain caused by crimp
interchange is excluded.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
110
Figure 5.26: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have
been performed by means of the Hill's plasticity material model, which is fitted to the uniaxial experiments ignoring the crimp interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp
interchange.
It is important to note that, even though the results are very promising, the model does not predict
the correct behavior of the coated fabric. In Figure 5.27, results are presented in which the
experimental curve in fill direction is not shifted to the left. Although the results in warp direction
are still in close agreement with the experiment, the situation clearly deteriorates in fill direction.
Hence, it is clear that the present model cannot account for the crimp interchange. To check
whether the present model could offer improved results, the present analysis is extended to other
loading conditions.
Figure 5.27: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity material model, which is fitted to the uniaxial experiments ignoring the
crimp interchange.
B. Uniaxial test with increasing load
A second analysis with the present material behavior is performed. A uniaxial test with increasing
load in both warp and fill direction is simulated. The results are presented in Figure 5.28. The same
conclusions can be drawn as for the uniaxial test with load cycle repetition.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
111
Figure 5.28: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with an increasing maximum stress level: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of the
Hill's plasticity material model, which is fitted to the uniaxial experiments ignoring the crimp interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp interchange.
C. Biaxial test
Instead of applying the current material model to simulate uniaxial tests, it was employed to
simulate a biaxial tensile test. The numerically computed stress-strain curves are shown in Figure
5.29, together with the corresponding experimental curves. It can be seen that the numerical model
of the biaxial test correctly accounts for the different slopes in the stress-strain curves for various
load ratios. Despite this achievement, the model can be considered very disappointing. Neither the
permanent strain, which comes into existence during the first loading and unloading cycle, nor the
hardening behavior are modeled in a proper way.
Figure 5.29: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity material model, which is fitted to the uniaxial experiments ignoring the crimp interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of
crimp interchange.
5.8.3.2. Material behavior fitted to the biaxial tensile test
Instead of fitting uniaxial test data, the orthotropic elastic-plastic model has been further extended
by fitting biaxial test data. Because no substantial improvements were obtained for the simulation
of a coated fabric, only the results are briefly shown in following figures. The interpretation is
similar to the one found in previous sections.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
112
Figure 5.30: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of the Hill's plasticity material model, which is fitted to a biaxial experiment ignoring the
crimp interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp interchange.
Figure 5.31: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with increasing maximum stress level: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of the
Hill's plasticity material model, which is fitted to a biaxial experiment ignoring the crimp interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp interchange.
Figure 5.32: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations
have been performed by means of the Hill's plasticity material model, which is fitted to a biaxial experiment ignoring the crimp interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp
interchange.
5.8.3.3. Conclusion
The above discussed orthotropic elastic-plastic material model uses a stress-strain relationship
which was fitted to the experimentally recorded curve in which the crimp interchange was
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
113
excluded. Poor results are obtained when a uniaxial test respectively a biaxial test is simulated by
means of a orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill model which was fitted to biaxial, respectively uniaxial
experimental results. This strongly indicates that the Hill plasticity model is not capable of
describing the hardening behavior of a coated fabric in a realistic way. In literature, several authors
came to the same conclusion, namely that the Hill model leads to inaccurate results for a variety of
materials [84]. Though, one has to be cautious with such a strong statement, especially because the
crimp interchange was artificially removed, which is a unrealistic simplification of a coated fabric.
It is well possible that exactly this assumption is the driving factor behind the poor results. In fact
it was one of the main challenges of the present thesis to model the effect of crimp interchange.
Therefore, it is investigated in the next sections whether the Hill plasticity model, in which the
crimp interchange is included, is suitable for the simulation of the structural behavior of a coated
fabric.
5.8.4. Hill’s plasticity including crimp interchange
In this subsection, we attempt to construct an anisotropic plasticity model which includes the large
initial strain in fill direction, caused by crimp interchange. Of course, a simple plasticity model
cannot capture the reallocations of the fibers during crimp interchange. Moreover, the exact
reallocation is highly dependent on both the load ratio and the load history. However, the most
important effect of crimp interchange, namely the large initial strain in fill direction during
tensioning, can be included in a phenomenological way. Note that it is impossible to make the
calculated stress-strain curves correspond to the experimental ones in both warp and fill direction.
This is easily understood taking into account the loading curve for a uniaxial test in both the warp
and fill direction. The first is concave, while the latter has a convex-concave shape. Since only 1
factor (R11 or R22) is available, one cannot define the correct shape of the plasticity behavior in
both warp (concave) and fill (convex-concave) direction. Therefore, the Hill plasticity model
including crimp interchange will be an approximation.
5.8.4.1. Material behavior fitted to a uniaxial test in fill (concave) direction
The yielding behavior of the anisotropic plasticity model is fitted to the stress-strain curve of a
uniaxial tensile test in fill direction. By means of a yield stress ratio R11≠1, the stress-strain response
for a uniaxial test in warp direction can effectively differ from the one in fill direction. To this end,
an optimization algorithm is written in the mathematical software Maple. A schematic of the
optimization procedure is shown in Figure 5.33. The procedure iteratively updates the yield stress
ratio R11, with the aim to minimize a cost function. At the end of the optimization, the best
possible agreement between the experimental and numerical stress-strain curve for the uniaxial test
in warp direction is achieved (see appendix C). It is taken care of that the numerical total strain
after the first loading curve corresponds to the experimentally recorded total strain. The optimized
yield stress ratio R11 = 2.38 was found (see Figure 5.34 (a)). The corresponding stress-strain curve
in warp direction is compared to the experimentally recorded curve in Figure 5.34 (b).
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
114
Figure 5.33: Optimization scheme for the yield stress ratio R11
Figure 5.34: Determination of the yield stress factor R11 by minimizing the cost function (a) and comparison of the computed Hill plasticity stress-strain curve in warp direction with the experimentally recorded stress-strain curve in warp
direction (b)
The optimized stress-strain curve is approximately linear, which seems to have poor agreement
with the concave warp curve. Though, it is easy to understand that a linear course is the best
compromise between a concave (warp direction) and a convex (fill direction) stress-strain curve.
With these results, both the uniaxial and the biaxial tests have been numerically simulated.
A. Uniaxial test with load cycle repetition
The stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test with load cycle repetition obtained by means of both the
numerical model and the experiment are shown in Figure 5.35. There is a very good agreement for
the uniaxial test in fill direction, as could be expected since the present material model is supported
by the data of a uniaxial test in fill direction. In warp direction, it is clear that the numerically
obtained results differ from the experiment.. However, the total strain at the end of the first
loading curve, as well as the total permanent strain are predicted in a correct way by the numerical
model. An example of a generated input file of the present material model is shown in appendix
A6.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
115
Figure 5.35: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have
been performed by means of a Hill plasticity model, which is fitted to the uniaxial tensile test in fill direction.
B. Uniaxial test with increasing load
The same material model is used to simulate a uniaxial test with increasing load. The results are
shown in Figure 5.36.
Figure 5.36: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tests with increasing load: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity model, which is
fitted to the uniaxial test in fill direction.
The behavior of the coated fabric during the uniaxial test in fill direction with increasing load is
predicted very well. The FEM model of the uniaxial test in warp direction on the other hand does
not provide correct results: large deviations between the numerically computed and experimentally
recorded strains can be observed for every load cycle, except for the one in which a maximum load
of 24.1 MPa is reached. This is inherent to the chosen yield stress ratio R11, which was optimized
for a uniaxial test with a maximum stress value of 24.1 MPa. Hence it can be stated that the
anisotropic Hill plasticity model, which was fitted to the uniaxial test in fill direction with a
maximum stress of 24.1 MPa, cannot capture the material behavior of the coated fabric when
other loading conditions are applied.
C. Biaxial test
The last method to qualify the suitability of the Hill plasticity model, fitted to the uniaxial test in fill
direction, concerns the simulation of a biaxial tensile test. The corresponding results are compared
with the experimental results in Figure 5.37. The predicted strains in both warp and fill direction
are not exactly correct, but at least it is of the right order of magnitude. Besides, the model
correctly accounts for the different slopes in the stress-strain curves for different load ratios.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
116
Figure 5.37: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with successive load ratios are: 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The
calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity model fitted to the uniaxial experimental test in fill direction.
D. Conclusion
The anisotropic Hill plasticity model fitted to the uniaxial test in fill direction does not capture the
material behavior of the coated fabric perfectly, but the overall results are not too bad. In
comparison to the commonly used linear elastic material models, the anisotropic Hill plasticity
model is definitely a huge improvement. Note that the same procedure can be repeated in case the
model is optimized to a uniaxial tensile test in warp direction, instead of fill direction. Here, we
suffice with the statement that analogous results were obtained.
5.8.4.2. Material behavior fitted to a biaxial experiment
In the following, the anisotropic Hill plasticity material model is fitted to an experimental biaxial
test. The user-defined reference yield stress � ,� as a function of plastic strain q�� is fitted to the
fill direction and the yield stress ratio was optimized according to Figure 5.33, a value of R11 = 1.5
is obtained.
A. Uniaxial test with load cycle repetition
The numerically and experimentally obtained stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test with load cycle
repetition in both warp and fill direction are presented in Figure 5.38. Poor agreement can be
observed between the numerical and experimental results: the computed strain is almost twice as
high as the experimental strain.
Figure 5.38: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test with load cycle
repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity model, which is fitted to the experimental biaxial stress-strain curves.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
117
B. Uniaxial test with increasing load
The results, when simulating a uniaxial tensile test with increasing load, are shown in Figure 5.39.
As could be expected from the results of the uniaxial test with load cycle repetition, the calculated
strain is twice as high as the experimentally recorded strain.
Figure 5.39: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tests with increasing load: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity model, which is
fitted to the experimental biaxial stress-strain curves.
C. Biaxial test
The third examination concerns the simulation of a biaxial test. In Figure 5.40, the numerically
obtained stress-strain curves are shown, together with the corresponding experimental curves. The
permanent strain, obtained after the first loading and unloading cycle, is predicted in a proper way.
It is furthermore seen that the numerically computed curves have a slope which closely resembles
the experiment for all load ratios. However, the small strain increments, when passing to another
load cycle, are not captured well by the numerical model. In addition, the shape of computed first
loading cycle in warp direction does not correspond to the experimental one.
Figure 5.40: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations
have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity model, which is fitted to the experimental biaxial test.
5.8.4.3. Conclusion
The parameters of the Hill plasticity model have been fitted to three different experimental stress-
strain curves: (i) the uniaxial test in fill direction, (ii) the uniaxial test in warp direction (for brevity,
the results are not shown) and (iii) the biaxial test. To this end, an optimization scheme was written
in the mathematical language Maple. Results have been obtained which are partially satisfying.
Several numerically computed stress-strain curves correspond well to the experiment. The varying
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
118
slopes of the stress-strain curves, when considering different load ratios, is well reproduced by the
numerical model. However the model has certain undeniable limitations. First of all, only one yield
stress factor can be defined. This makes it impossible to simultaneously account for the concave,
respectively convex stress-strain curve in warp, respectively fill direction. Hence, the anisotropic
plasticity cannot be modeled in a realistic manner. Secondly, the crimp interchange is implemented
in an artificial way. Consequently, the model cannot account for a different crimp interchange
response for different loading conditions. Nevertheless, it should be clear that the combined
elastic-plastic Hill material model provides a much better prediction of the overall behavior of the
coated fabric compared to the commonly used linear elastic material model.
5.9. Overall strain field Up to now, the computed strains have been compared with the experimentally recorded strains at
the center of the central part of the cruciform sample. In order to get an impression of the overall
picture of the strain distribution in the cruciform sample, both processed DIC images and contour
plots of the FEM results for a biaxial test are shown.
5.9.1. Strain in warp direction
In this subsection, the strain field in warp direction is presented. To facilitate the interpretation, a
rainbow color scale is used to correlate with the strain values: the purple, respectively red color
corresponds to a low, respectively a high strain value (see Figure 5.41).
Figure 5.41: Color code used for the strain field in warp direction.
The following figures show the strain field in warp direction for a biaxial test setup: (a) the
processed DIC image, (b) the contour plot obtained by means of the uniaxial test data based fabric
model and (c) the contour plot obtained by means of the combined orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill
model, which is fitted to the uniaxial test in fill direction. In the cruciform sample, the horizontal
direction corresponds to the warp direction, while the vertical direction corresponds to the fill
direction. For each load ratio, results are shown for 3 different load levels, namely at 200 N (pre-
stress), at 1000 N (half of the maximum load level) and at 2000 N (maximum load level). For
clarity, the points at which the strain field in warp direction is extracted, are superimposed on the
biaxial load cycle (blue dots in Figure 5.42).
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
119
Figure 5.42: Biaxial load cycle, with the superimposed points of extraction (blue dots).
Figure 5.43: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 1:1 at the specified load level:
experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Figure 5.44: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 2:1 at the specified load level:
experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
120
Figure 5.45: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 1:2 at the specified load level:
experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Figure 5.46: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 1:0 at the specified load level:
experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Figure 5.47: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 0:1 at the specified load level:
experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
121
The results clearly show that good agreement is obtained between the experimentally recorded
strain field in warp direction and both numerically computed strain fields in warp direction.
Though, some discrepancies can be observed between experiment and numerical modeling,
especially in the top arm (and because of symmetry also the bottom arm). Indeed, when the
experimental contour plot has a purple color, the numerical model often shows a blue color. This
indicates that the contraction in warp direction, when applying a load in fill direction, is
underestimated by the orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill model. Indeed, the Hill model goes with a
small Poisson ratio of 0.04, and consequently results in a limited contraction in warp direction. In
the experiments on the other hand, the contraction is higher because of the effect of crimp
interchange.
5.9.2. Strain in fill direction
In analogy with the previous subsection, both the experimentally recorded and numerically
computed contour plots of the strain in fill direction are presented. A similar color scale is used
and is shown in Figure 5.41. In the cruciform sample, the horizontal direction corresponds to the
warp direction, while the vertical direction corresponds to the fill direction.
Figure 5.48: Color code used for the strain field in fill direction.
Figure 5.49: Contour plots of the strain field in fill
direction for load ratio 1:1 at the specified load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Figure 5.50: Contour plots of the strain field in fill
direction for load ratio 2:1 at the specified load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
122
Figure 5.51: Contour plots of the strain field in fill
direction for load ratio 1:2 at the specified load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Figure 5.52: Contour plots of the strain field in fill
direction for load ratio 1:0 at the specified load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model.
Figure 5.53: Contour plots of the strain field in fill
direction for load ratio 0:1 at the specified load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model
Slightly worse results, compared to the strains in warp direction, are obtained for the
experimentally recorded and numerically computed strains in fill direction. Especially, the
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
123
orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill model leads to some major differences. The strain field in fill
direction in the top arm of the cruciform sample is characterized by a red color for the elastic-
plastic Hill model, while the experimentally recorded strain in fill direction is coded with a green
color. This implies that the elastic-plastic Hill model severely overestimates the strain in fill
direction.
5.10. Conclusion Several built-in material models of Abaqus have been studied and discussed. Their suitability for
modeling the behavior of a coated fabric was judged, based on several objective parameters. The
most promising material models were examined into detail and were applied to a numerical
model, simulating the uniaxial and biaxial experiments. The stress-strain curves obtained from the
experiments served as a reference for the numerically calculated results.
A linear elastic material model is not at all capable to model the structural behavior of a coated fabric.
Permanent strain, nonlinear behavior due to crimp interchange and hysteresis cannot be included
in the model. In practice, this model has become popular mainly because its capability to predict
the behavior in a stabilized state, i.e. when both crimp interchange and plasticity are removed. In
reality however, such a stabilized state rarely occurs.
The multilinear material model on the other hand, can be fitted well to the experimental results.
Therefore it is possible to include nonlinearity, plastic strain as well as hysteresis, but only for a
certain specified loading condition. The main drawback of the multilinear model concerns the
fact that it is not applicable for a real tent structure because of the different computation steps.
Once a certain stress level in a certain material point is reached, the multilinear elastic model has
to switch its material model instantaneously to the following material model (different E-
modulus), in that certain material point. But in advance, it is not known when this moment will
occur, nor at which place it will occur.
The isotropic hyperelastic material model with permanent set does reproduce all possible nonlinear loading
curves as well as permanent strain. However, the inherent isotropic formulation of the material
model makes it unsuitable for the simulation of the material behavior of a coated fabric.
Contrary to the isotropic hyperelastic material model with permanent set, the anisotropic hyperelastic
material model is able to account for different structural behavior in warp and fill direction.
However, the numerically computed stress-strain curves are limited to an exponential shape
because of the implicit definition of the energy potential U. The experimentally recorded stress-
strain curves in both warp and fill direction reveal rather a logarithmic shape and thus cannot be
reproduced by the energy potential U. Moreover, no permanent strain can be captured in the
anisotropic hyperelastic material model.
The test data based fabric material model is one of the most promising built-in material models of
Abaqus. It is based on the input of experimental test data in warp direction, in fill direction and
in shear. Orthotropy, nonlinearity as well as permanent strain can be implemented in this model.
For a certain loading condition, the fabric material model is very suitable to model the behavior
of a coated fabric. Though, the main problem arises when the loading condition changes. The
material model is not capable of predicting the correct strain for a variety of different loading
Chapter 5. Modeling the material behavior of a coated fabric
124
conditions. Furthermore, it does not reproduce the different slopes for varying load ratios, as can
be observed in the experimental biaxial tests. Two main reasons are responsible for these
shortcomings. First of all, the crimp interchange is implemented in a phenomenological way, and
thus cannot account correctly for the reallocation of the fibers which is highly dependent on the
loading behavior. Secondly, the test data based fabric model explicitly assumes no interaction
between warp and fill direction. Hence an ordinary Poisson effect is not taken into account,
which obviously leads to poor results.
The last examined material model is the combined orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill material model. This
model is very interesting since the experiments revealed that part of the structural response of the
coated fabric is dominated by plasticity phenomena, even for modest load levels (~15% UTS). In
contrast with the previously described models, the plasticity phenomena are actually integrated in
the material model instead of trying to capture the hardening behavior by means of a nonlinearity
in the loading curve. Though, a plasticity model is not capable of capturing the crimp interchange
and thus must be either ignored or artificially included. In addition, the so called plasticity
anisotropy in 2D is defined by a single factor, namely the yield stress ratio R11 or R22. Since one
single yield stress ratio cannot transform the concave warp curve into a combined convex-
concave fill curve or vice versa, the application of the combined anisotropic elastic-plastic Hill
material model is being undermined. The determination of the yield stress ratios Rij by means of
the Lankford ratios rα, which is principally done for metal sheets, was not successful because of
the influence of crimp interchange. Application of the anisotropic Hill plasticity model, in which
the crimp interchange is ignored, resulted in reasonable agreement with the experimentally
recorded stress-strain curves. Though, it is clear that in reality the crimp interchange has a major
influence on the structural behavior of a coated fabric, and thus cannot be omitted. When
accounting for the crimp interchange, by an artificial implementation in the orthotropic
hardening behavior, the behavior in one of the directions is captured in a correct way, but never
in both directions. For example, the material model, fitted to the fill direction, does predict the
correct stress-strain behavior in fill direction, but shows deviations in warp direction. It can be
stated that the combined anisotropic elastic-plastic Hill model does not predict the material
behavior of the coated fabric perfectly, but at least the computed strains are in the correct range.
It has certainly major improvements compared to frequently used material models in current
research to simulate a coated fabric. Indeed, a lot of seasoned material models neither include
nonlinear effects, nor permanent strain. Moreover, the combined anisotropic elastic-plastic Hill
material model is straightforward and easily applicable in FEM calculations. Besides, it has a large
computational efficiency: the computational time is more or less 1 minute for the simulated
uniaxial and biaxial tests.
125
Chapter 6.Conclusions and recommendations Experimental tensile tests have been performed in both uniaxial and biaxial regime. The results of
the uniaxial tensile tests revealed that the investigated coated fabric (T2107) has a completely
different response to an external load for fill direction and warp direction. Moreover, the
experiments strongly suggest that the coated fabric exhibits both elastic and plastic behavior.
Once the stress level exceeds 14 MPa, which is a very moderate stress level for typical structural
applications, yielding phenomena are observed. In fill direction, another effect of plasticity, which
plays an important role for the structural behavior of a coated fabric, is observed: crimp
interchange, i.e. the reallocation of the fibers under influence of an external load. The same
experiments furthermore revealed that the hysteresis is not only triggered by the effect of the
crimp interchange, i.e. energy losses due to the friction of the fibers during reallocation, but also
by the yielding.
A numerical study of the influence of both the geometry and the size of the cruciform sample on
the biaxial experimental results was carried out. It was found that the presence of slits in the arms
causes stress oscillations at the corresponding locations in the central part. The amplitude of the
oscillations decreases, while a higher mean stress value is obtained in the central part, when
increasing the number of slits. This implies that more slits provide a more uniform and higher
stress distribution, which is advantageous for the correct and unambiguous interpretation of the
(DIC) results. Though, the addition of slits in the cruciform sample is a tedious and time-
consuming process. It is concluded that the improved stress introduction in the central part does
not outweigh the increased preparation time, hence biaxial experiments have been performed on
cruciform samples without slits. In these experiments, several load cycles and load ratios have
been considered. When proceeding to a different load ratio, the coated fabric undergoes a small
increase or decrease in permanent strain. More important, the stress-strain curve shows different
slopes for varying load ratios, which indicates that the fill direction is coupled to the warp
direction and vice versa. It is observed that the structural behavior of a coated fabric is dependent
on the load history, in other words the material 'memorizes' the last load cycle. In literature, it is a
rule of thumb that the load history can be excluded by repeating each load cycle 3 times.
However, a biaxial experiment with several load ratios, in which each load cycle is repeated 3
times, is performed. The first and the last load ratio was taken as 1:1. According to the rule of
thumb, the coated fabric should be in the same state after the first 1:1 cycles, as after the last 1:1
cycles. The experiment clearly showed that the material did not behave as expected. Even more,
this suggests that the load history introduces, besides the reversible crimp interchange, some
irreversible plasticity phenomena.
Several software packages were developed during the last decades, though most of them are
found on largely simplified material models and consequently cannot capture the correct
behavior of coated fabrics. On the other hand, packages were developed which use more
advanced modeling techniques. The main drawback of these packages concerns the extremely
high computation time making the simulation of a complete tent structure unrealistic. Hence a
package is needed which strikes the golden mean, i.e. an acceptable material model and a
Chapter 6. Conclusions and recommendations
126
reasonable computation time. Several built-in material models of Abaqus have been studied and
discussed. Their appropriateness for modeling the behavior of a coated fabric was judged based
on objective parameters. The most promising material models were examined into detail and
were applied to a FEM model which serves as the numerical counterpart of the uniaxial and
biaxial experiments. The stress-strain curves obtained from the experiments served as a reference
for the numerically calculated results.
Although a linear elastic material model is frequently used for the design of tent structures, it is not
capable to realistically model the material behavior of a coated fabric. It does not account for
permanent strain, nonlinear effects or hysteresis. The multilinear material model on the other hand,
is capable of including nonlinearity as well as permanent strain. The main drawback of this model
concerns the fact that it is practically not applicable, because the stress evolution has to be known
in advance in every material point. The third examined model concerns the isotropic hyperelastic
material model with permanent set, which is able to model both nonlinearity and permanent strain.
However, the inherent isotropic formulation of the material model makes it unsuitable for the
simulation of an orthotropic coated fabric. The logic successor of the isotropic hyperelastic
material model with permanent set, concerns the anisotropic hyperelastic material model because it is
able to account for a different structural behavior in warp and fill direction. However, the model
makes use of a strain energy potential. Both the Fung potential and the Holzapfel-Gasser-Ogden
potential have an exponential shape, and consequently cannot reproduce the experimentally
recorded stress-strain curves which are rather logarithmic of nature. Moreover, the anisotropic
hyperelastic material model cannot capture plasticity phenomena. The test data based fabric material
model is one of the most promising built-in material models of Abaqus for simulating a coated
fabric. Orthotropy, nonlinearity as well as permanent strain can be implemented. However,
because of both the independency of the response in warp and fill direction and the
phenomenological implementation of crimp interchange, the numerically computed stress-strain
curves exhibit limited agreement with the experimentally obtained stress-strain curves.
Nevertheless, it is definitely an improvement for simulating coated fabrics, compared to the
widespread linear elastic material model. The last examined material model concerns the combined
anisotropic elastic-plastic Hill material model, in which a realistic physical description of plasticity
phenomena is integrated. Though, a plasticity model is not capable of capturing the crimp
interchange (since it is not a real plasticity phenomenon) and thus must be either ignored or
artificially included. Moreover, the so called plasticity anisotropy in 2D is defined by a single
factor, namely the yield stress ratio, which limits the correct implementation of the anisotropic
stress-strain behavior. When crimp interchange is artificially implemented in the orthotropic
hardening behavior, the simulated material behavior of the coated fabric is in reasonable
agreement with the experiments. Compared to more conventional material models, the combined
orthotropic elastic-plastic Hill model has an interesting formulation which closely leans towards
the physical material behavior of a coated fabric under an external load. The Hill model
distinguishes itself also with regard to the computational efficiency: the computational time for
the shown simulations correspond to more or less one minute.
In this master thesis, several material models have been studied on small-scale samples. It is
recommended to evaluate both the test data based fabric model and the combined orthotropic
elastic-plastic Hill model on a larger scale and for more complex geometries. In the end, a full-
Chapter 6. Conclusions and recommendations
127
scale foldable tent structure should be simulated in order to expose the full capabilities of the
material model for practical applications. Of course, additional experiments have to be carried
out in order to gather a more thorough knowledge of the structural behavior of a coated fabric.
Especially the biaxial tests have to be extended with various sequences of different load ratios as
well as with several extra load ratios (e.g. 5:1 and 1:5). Subjecting the coated fabric to a state of
multi-axial stress will definitely lead to several new insights as well as an improved understanding
of the material. Without any doubt, it can be stated that a coated fabric is an incredibly complex,
but very fascinating material.
128
Appendices
Appendix A
Appendix A1: Typical input file for an orthotropic linear elastic material model
*Heading ** Job name: Biaxial Model name: Biaxial ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** *Part, name=fabric *Node 1, 0., 0.210362613, 0.
… 6822, 0.0476894304, 0.0727364048, 0. *Element, type=M3D8R 1, 544, 545, 946, 942, 2309, 2310, 2311, 2312 … 2207, 2306, 327, 1810, 2307, 6698, 6706, 6636, 4056 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet30, internal, generate 1, 6822, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet30, internal, generate 1, 2207, 1 ** Section: Section-1 *Membrane Section, elset=_PickedSet30, material=linearelastic 0.00083, *End Part ** ** ** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, name=fabric-1, part=fabric *End Instance ** *Node 1, 0.25, 0., 0. *Node 2, 0., 0.25, 0. *Nset, nset=_PickedSet47, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet48, internal 2, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet59, internal, instance=fabric-1 18, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet60, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, … 6792 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet60, internal, instance=fabric-1 31, … 2084 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet61, internal, instance=fabric-1 18, … 5791 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet61, internal, instance=fabric-1 15, … 1367 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet62, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 6822, 1
Appendices
129
*Nset, nset=_PickedSet62, internal 1, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet62, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 2207, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet63, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet64, internal 2, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet69, internal, instance=fabric-1 35, … 5486 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet69, internal, instance=fabric-1 214, … 1160 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet70, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet71, internal, instance=fabric-1 17, … 5495 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet71, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, … 1167 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet72, internal 2, *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet69_CNS_, internal _PickedSet69, 1. *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet71_CNS_, internal _PickedSet71, 1. ** Constraint: Constraint-1 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-1, ref node=_PickedSet70, surface=_PickedSet69_CNS_ *Kinematic 1, 1 ** Constraint: Constraint-2 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-2, ref node=_PickedSet72, surface=_PickedSet71_CNS_ *Kinematic 2, 2 *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=load-right 0., 0.1, 0.1, 0.2, 0.2, 0.3, 0.3, 0.4 0.4, 0.5, 0.5, 0.6, 0.6, 0.7, 0.7, 0.8 0.8, 0.9, 0.9, 1., 1., 0.9, 1.1, 0.8 1.2, 0.7, 1.3, 0.6, 1.4, 0.5, 1.5, 0.4 1.6, 0.3, 1.7, 0.2, 1.8, 0.1, 1.9, 0.2 2., 0.3, 2.1, 0.4, 2.2, 0.5, 2.3, 0.6 2.4, 0.7, 2.5, 0.8, 2.6, 0.9, 2.7, 1. 2.8, 0.9, 2.9, 0.8, 3., 0.7, 3.1, 0.6 3.2, 0.5, 3.3, 0.4, 3.4, 0.3, 3.5, 0.2 3.6, 0.1, 3.7, 0.2, 3.8, 0.25449, 3.9, 0.28948 4., 0.32446, 4.1, 0.35945, 4.2, 0.39444, 4.3, 0.42943 4.4, 0.46661, 4.5, 0.5, 4.6, 0.46661, 4.7, 0.42943 4.8, 0.39444, 4.9, 0.35945, 5., 0.32446, 5.1, 0.28948 5.2, 0.25449, 5.3, 0.2, 5.4, 0.1, 5.5, 0.2 5.6, 0.3, 5.7, 0.4, 5.8, 0.5, 5.9, 0.6 6., 0.7, 6.1, 0.8, 6.2, 0.9, 6.3, 1. 6.4, 0.9, 6.5, 0.8, 6.6, 0.7, 6.7, 0.6 6.8, 0.5, 6.9, 0.4, 7., 0.3, 7.1, 0.2 7.2, 0.1, 7.3, 0.1, 7.4, 0.1, 7.5, 0.1 7.6, 0.1, 7.7, 0.1, 7.8, 0.1, 7.9, 0.1 8., 0.1, 8.1, 0.1, 8.2, 0.1, 8.3, 0.1 8.4, 0.1, 8.5, 0.1, 8.6, 0.1, 8.7, 0.1 8.8, 0.1, 8.9, 0.1, 9., 0.1 *Amplitude, name=load-top 0., 0.1, 0.1, 0.2, 0.2, 0.3, 0.3, 0.4 0.4, 0.5, 0.5, 0.6, 0.6, 0.7, 0.7, 0.8 0.8, 0.9, 0.9, 1., 1., 0.9, 1.1, 0.8
Appendices
130
1.2, 0.7, 1.3, 0.6, 1.4, 0.5, 1.5, 0.4 1.6, 0.3, 1.7, 0.2, 1.8, 0.1, 1.9, 0.2 2., 0.25449, 2.1, 0.28948, 2.2, 0.32446, 2.3, 0.35945 2.4, 0.39444, 2.5, 0.42943, 2.6, 0.46661, 2.7, 0.5 2.8, 0.46661, 2.9, 0.42943, 3., 0.39444, 3.1, 0.35945 3.2, 0.32446, 3.3, 0.28948, 3.4, 0.25449, 3.5, 0.2 3.6, 0.1, 3.7, 0.2, 3.8, 0.3, 3.9, 0.4 4., 0.5, 4.1, 0.6, 4.2, 0.7, 4.3, 0.8 4.4, 0.9, 4.5, 1., 4.6, 0.9, 4.7, 0.8 4.8, 0.7, 4.9, 0.6, 5., 0.5, 5.1, 0.4 5.2, 0.3, 5.3, 0.2, 5.4, 0.1, 5.5, 0.1 5.6, 0.1, 5.7, 0.1, 5.8, 0.1, 5.9, 0.1 6., 0.1, 6.1, 0.1, 6.2, 0.1, 6.3, 0.1 6.4, 0.1, 6.5, 0.1, 6.6, 0.1, 6.7, 0.1 6.8, 0.1, 6.9, 0.1, 7., 0.1, 7.1, 0.1 7.2, 0.1, 7.3, 0.2, 7.4, 0.3, 7.5, 0.4 7.6, 0.5, 7.7, 0.6, 7.8, 0.7, 7.9, 0.8 8., 0.9, 8.1, 1., 8.2, 0.9, 8.3, 0.8 8.4, 0.7, 8.5, 0.6, 8.6, 0.5, 8.7, 0.4 8.8, 0.3, 8.9, 0.2, 9., 0.1 ** ** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=linearelastic *Density 963., *Elastic, type=ENGINEERING CONSTANTS 1.13e+09, 8.25e+08, 2e+07, 0.04, 0.25, 0.25, 3e+08, 2e+06 2e+06, ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: right Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet47, 2, 2 … _PickedSet47, 6, 6 ** Name: top Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet48, 1, 1 … _PickedSet48, 6, 6 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1 *Static 0.1, 9., 9e-20, 0.1 ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: pt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet59, 1, 1 … _PickedSet59, 6, 6 ** Name: xsymm Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet60, XSYMM ** Name: ysymm Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary
Appendices
131
_PickedSet61, YSYMM ** Name: z Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet62, 3, 3 ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: load-right Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=load-right _PickedSet63, 1, 2000. ** Name: load-top Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=load-top _PickedSet64, 2, 2000. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, frequency=10 ** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1 ** *Output, field, variable=PRESELECT, time interval=0.1 ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT, time interval=0.1 *End Step
Appendix A2: Typical input file for an orthotropic multilinear material
model
Part1:
*Heading ** Job name: FillPart1 Model name: FillPart1 ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** *Part, name=fabric *End Part ** ** ** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, name=fabric-1, part=fabric *Node 1, 0., 0., 0. … 10, 0.0250000004, 0.100000001, 0. *Element, type=M3D4R 1, 1, 2, 4, 3 … 4, 7, 8, 10, 9 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet9, internal, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet9, internal, generate 1, 4, 1 ** Section: Section-1
Appendices
132
*Membrane Section, elset=_PickedSet9, material=part1 0.00083, *End Instance ** *Node 1, 0., 0.109999999, 0. *Nset, nset=_PickedSet15, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet16, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet17, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 9, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet17, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet20, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet24, internal, instance=fabric-1 9, 10 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet24, internal, instance=fabric-1 4, *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet24_CNS_, internal _PickedSet24, 1. ** Constraint: Constraint-1 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-1, ref node=_PickedSet15, surface=_PickedSet24_CNS_ *Kinematic 2, 2 *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=Amp-1 0., 0., 1., 0.2 ** ** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=part1 *Elastic, type=ENGINEERING CONSTANTS 1.364e+09, 1.61e+08, 2e+08, 0.04, 0.3, 0.3, 3e+08, 2e+08 2e+08, ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1, nlgeom=YES *Static 1., 1., 1e-05, 1. ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: pt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet20, 1, 1 _PickedSet20, 3, 3 _PickedSet20, 4, 4 _PickedSet20, 5, 5 _PickedSet20, 6, 6 ** Name: xsym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre
Appendices
133
*Boundary _PickedSet17, XSYMM ** Name: ysym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet18, YSYMM ** Name: z Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet19, 3, 3 ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: Load-1 Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=Amp-1 _PickedSet16, 1, 0. _PickedSet16, 2, 500. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, frequency=10 ** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1 ** *Output, field, variable=PRESELECT ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT *End Step
Part 2: *Heading ** Job name: FillPart2 Model name: FillPart2 ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** ** ** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, library=FillPart1, instance=fabric-1 ** ** PREDEFINED FIELD ** ** Name: Predefined Field-1 Type: Initial State *Import, state=yes, update=no *Nset, nset=_PickedSet9, internal, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet9, internal, generate 1, 4, 1 *End Instance ** *Node 1, 0., 0.109999999, 0. *Nset, nset=_PickedSet15, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet16, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet17, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 9, 2
Appendices
134
*Elset, elset=_PickedSet17, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet20, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet24, internal, instance=fabric-1 9, 10 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet24, internal, instance=fabric-1 4, *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet24_CNS_, internal _PickedSet24, 1. ** Constraint: Constraint-1 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-1, ref node=_PickedSet15, surface=_PickedSet24_CNS_ *Kinematic 2, 2 *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=Amp-1 0., 0.2, 1., 0.6 ** ** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=part1 *Elastic, type=ENGINEERING CONSTANTS 1.364e+09, 3.45e+08, 2e+08, 0.04, 0.3, 0.3, 3e+08, 2e+08 2e+08, ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1, nlgeom=YES *Static 1., 1., 1e-05, 1. ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: pt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet20, 1, 1 _PickedSet20, 3, 3 _PickedSet20, 4, 4 _PickedSet20, 5, 5 _PickedSet20, 6, 6 ** Name: xsym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet17, XSYMM ** Name: ysym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet18, YSYMM ** Name: z Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet19, 3, 3 ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: Load-1 Type: Concentrated force
Appendices
135
*Cload, amplitude=Amp-1 _PickedSet16, 1, 0. _PickedSet16, 2, 500. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, frequency=10 ** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1 ** *Output, field, variable=PRESELECT ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT *End Step
Part 3: *Heading ** Job name: FillPart3 Model name: FillPart3 ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** ** ** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, library=FillPart2, instance=fabric-1 ** ** PREDEFINED FIELD ** ** Name: Predefined Field-1 Type: Initial State *Import, state=yes, update=no *Nset, nset=_PickedSet9, internal, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet9, internal, generate 1, 4, 1 *End Instance ** *Node 1, 0., 0.109999999, 0. *Nset, nset=_PickedSet15, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet16, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet17, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 9, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet17, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet20, internal 1,
Appendices
136
*Nset, nset=_PickedSet24, internal, instance=fabric-1 9, 10 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet24, internal, instance=fabric-1 4, *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet24_CNS_, internal _PickedSet24, 1. ** Constraint: Constraint-1 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-1, ref node=_PickedSet15, surface=_PickedSet24_CNS_ *Kinematic 2, 2 *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=Amp-1 0., 0.6, 1., 1. ** ** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=part1 *Elastic, type=ENGINEERING CONSTANTS 3.21e+08, 1.83e+08, 2e+08, 0.04, 0.3, 0.3, 3e+08, 2e+08 2e+08, ** ** PREDEFINED FIELDS ** ** Name: Predefined Field-2 Type: Stress *Initial Conditions, type=STRESS, file=FillPart2, step=2, inc=1 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1, nlgeom=YES *Static 1., 1., 1e-05, 1. ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: pt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet20, 1, 1 … _PickedSet20, 6, 6 ** Name: xsym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet17, XSYMM ** Name: ysym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet18, YSYMM ** Name: z Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet19, 3, 3 ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: Load-1 Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=Amp-1 _PickedSet16, 1, 0. _PickedSet16, 2, 500. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, frequency=10 ** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1
Appendices
137
** *Output, field, variable=PRESELECT ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT *End Step
Part 4: *Heading ** Job name: FillPart4 Model name: FillPart4 ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** ** ** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, library=FillPart3, instance=fabric-1 ** ** PREDEFINED FIELD ** ** Name: Predefined Field-1 Type: Initial State *Import, state=yes, update=no *Nset, nset=_PickedSet9, internal, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet9, internal, generate 1, 4, 1 *End Instance ** *Node 1, 0., 0.109999999, 0. *Nset, nset=_PickedSet15, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet16, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet17, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 9, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet17, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=fabric-1 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=fabric-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet20, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet24, internal, instance=fabric-1 9, 10 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet24, internal, instance=fabric-1 4, *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet24_CNS_, internal _PickedSet24, 1. ** Constraint: Constraint-1 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-1, ref node=_PickedSet15, surface=_PickedSet24_CNS_ *Kinematic
Appendices
138
2, 2 *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=Amp-1 0., 1., 1., 0. ** ** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=part1 *Elastic, type=ENGINEERING CONSTANTS 1.13e+09, 8.25e+08, 2e+08, 0.04, 0.3, 0.3, 3e+08, 2e+08 2e+08, ** ** PREDEFINED FIELDS ** ** Name: Predefined Field-2 Type: Stress *Initial Conditions, type=STRESS, file=FillPart3, step=3, inc=1 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1, nlgeom=YES *Static 1., 1., 1e-05, 1. ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: pt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet20, 1, 1 _PickedSet20, 3, 3 _PickedSet20, 4, 4 _PickedSet20, 5, 5 _PickedSet20, 6, 6 ** Name: xsym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet17, XSYMM ** Name: ysym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet18, YSYMM ** Name: z Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet19, 3, 3 ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: Load-1 Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=Amp-1 _PickedSet16, 1, 0. _PickedSet16, 2, 500. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, frequency=10 ** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1 ** *Output, field, variable=PRESELECT ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT *End Step
Appendices
139
Appendices
140
Appendix A3: Typical input file for an isotropic hyperelastic material model
calibrated from test data
*Heading ** Job name: YEOH Model name: YEOH ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** *Part, name=Part-1 *Node 1, 0., 0., 0. … 10, 0.100000001, 0.0250000004, 0. *Element, type=M3D4R 1, 1, 2, 7, 6 … 4, 4, 5, 10, 9 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet10, internal, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet10, internal, generate 1, 4, 1 ** Section: Section-1 *Membrane Section, elset=_PickedSet10, material=Material-1 0.00083, *End Part ** ** ** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, name=Part-1-1, part=Part-1 *End Instance ** *Node 1, 0.109999999, 0., 0. *Nset, nset=_PickedSet15, internal, instance=Part-1-1 5, 10 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet15, internal, instance=Part-1-1 4, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet16, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet17, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=Part-1-1 1, 6 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=Part-1-1 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 5, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet20, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 10, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet20, internal 1, *Elset, elset=_PickedSet20, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet21, internal
Appendices
141
1, *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet15_CNS_, internal _PickedSet15, 1. ** Constraint: Constraint-1 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-1, ref node=_PickedSet16, surface=_PickedSet15_CNS_ *Kinematic 1, 1 *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=Amp-1 0., 0., 1., 0.2, 2., 0., 3., 0.4 4., 0., 5., 0.6, 6., 0., 7., 0.8 8., 0., 9., 1., 10., 0., 11., 1.2 12., 0., 13., 1.4, 14., 0. ** ** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=Material-1 *Density 1000., *Hyperelastic, yeoh, test data input *Uniaxial Test Data 50000., 0. 99395.2, 7.59713e-05 151829., 0.000157879 194554., 0.000167866 246019., 0.000208089 295542., 0.00024295 343123., 0.000267683 385848., 0.00032444 431487., 0.000341397 479065., 0.000370796 527617., 0.000387013 580053., 0.000419081 633460., 0.000443113 673272., 0.000457349 713084., 0.000473627 765518., 0.000489374 809214., 0.000502221 861651., 0.000534373 910202., 0.000555217 954870., 0.000575554 1.00925e+06, 0.000607638 1.06654e+06, 0.000632682 1.11315e+06, 0.0006382 1.15879e+06, 0.000670105 1.20734e+06, 0.000691728 1.24618e+06, 0.000737886 1.2957e+06, 0.000750791 1.34328e+06, 0.000757309 1.4064e+06, 0.000784 1.44135e+06, 0.00081215 1.49088e+06, 0.000834153 1.53457e+06, 0.000841618 1.58409e+06, 0.000851007 1.63556e+06, 0.000877629 1.68411e+06, 0.000881088 1.73169e+06, 0.000909986 1.82394e+06, 0.000941674 1.87346e+06, 0.000965457 1.9191e+06, 0.000977401 1.97153e+06, 0.00100964 2.01912e+06, 0.00104116
Appendices
142
2.06281e+06, 0.00105641 2.11719e+06, 0.00108059 2.15506e+06, 0.00110093 2.21235e+06, 0.00112053 2.26576e+06, 0.001154 2.30848e+06, 0.0011641 2.34927e+06, 0.00120028 2.40947e+06, 0.00120101 2.56095e+06, 0.00125426 2.84352e+06, 0.00136489 3.21154e+06, 0.00145411 3.43196e+06, 0.0015316 3.54848e+06, 0.00165015 3.79804e+06, 0.00171991 4.08255e+06, 0.00178111 4.32919e+06, 0.00187482 4.58554e+06, 0.00200109 4.8351e+06, 0.00209415 5.07882e+06, 0.00216932 5.3109e+06, 0.00227956 5.57308e+06, 0.00238235 5.79836e+06, 0.00248366 6.0314e+06, 0.00258404 6.26542e+06, 0.00264729 6.49847e+06, 0.00275966 6.83056e+06, 0.00291522 7.0238e+06, 0.0030011 7.25199e+06, 0.00306403 7.48989e+06, 0.00315365 7.7074e+06, 0.00324425 7.9589e+06, 0.00337077 8.15699e+06, 0.00351752 8.4716e+06, 0.00357973 8.693e+06, 0.00366497 8.90856e+06, 0.00383598 9.1319e+06, 0.00392641 9.44943e+06, 0.00404908 9.66403e+06, 0.0041061 9.86115e+06, 0.00428221 1.01661e+07, 0.00437521 1.03719e+07, 0.00446028 1.06535e+07, 0.00461956 1.0839e+07, 0.0047508 1.11254e+07, 0.00484054 1.13808e+07, 0.00498513 1.15605e+07, 0.00505985 1.18896e+07, 0.00524976 1.20421e+07, 0.00537509 1.23635e+07, 0.00554207 1.25062e+07, 0.00564796 1.28199e+07, 0.00580176 1.30296e+07, 0.00593159 1.32607e+07, 0.00610731 1.34831e+07, 0.00627643 1.3754e+07, 0.00642036 1.40094e+07, 0.00659317 1.42425e+07, 0.00679148 1.446e+07, 0.00702947 1.47367e+07, 0.00719522 1.49503e+07, 0.00745502 1.52387e+07, 0.00768155 1.54349e+07, 0.00792367
Appendices
143
1.57087e+07, 0.00817918 1.59408e+07, 0.00844796 1.61758e+07, 0.00873173 1.64341e+07, 0.00905825 1.66632e+07, 0.00934739 1.69118e+07, 0.00971589 1.71381e+07, 0.0100598 1.73799e+07, 0.0104316 1.76265e+07, 0.0108939 1.78518e+07, 0.011277 1.81023e+07, 0.0117087 1.83451e+07, 0.0121883 1.85917e+07, 0.0126173 1.88335e+07, 0.0130712 1.90811e+07, 0.0135404 1.93152e+07, 0.0140067 1.95618e+07, 0.0145119 1.98055e+07, 0.0149922 2.00502e+07, 0.0155213 2.02891e+07, 0.0160087 2.05319e+07, 0.0165373 2.07649e+07, 0.0170223 2.10038e+07, 0.0175422 2.12475e+07, 0.0180688 2.14767e+07, 0.018618 2.17224e+07, 0.0191339 2.19739e+07, 0.0196839 2.22166e+07, 0.0202431 2.24604e+07, 0.0207949 2.26925e+07, 0.0213479 2.29401e+07, 0.0219037 2.31789e+07, 0.0224527 2.33965e+07, 0.0229974 2.36616e+07, 0.0235602 2.38927e+07, 0.0241356 2.4e+07, 0.024136 2.45e+07, 0.0241365 2.5e+07, 0.024137 2.55e+07, 0.0241375 2.6e+07, 0.024138 2.7e+07, 0.024139 2.8e+07, 0.02414 2.9e+07, 0.02415 4e+07, 0.038 *Plastic 1.4e+07, 0. 4e+07, 0.03 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1, nlgeom=YES, inc=10000 *Static 0.1, 14., 4e-100, 0.1 ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: pt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet21, 2, 2 … _PickedSet21, 6, 6
Appendices
144
** Name: xsym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet18, XSYMM ** Name: ysym Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet19, YSYMM ** Name: z Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet20, 3, 3 ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: Load-1 Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=Amp-1 _PickedSet17, 1, 500. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, frequency=0 ** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1 ** *Output, field, variable=PRESELECT, time interval=0.05 ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT, time interval=0.05 *End Step
Appendix A4: Typical input file for an orthotropic hyperelastic Fung model
*Heading ** Job name: fungvierkant Model name: Model-1 ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** *Part, name=Part-1 *Node 1, 500., 500., 0. … 2601, -500., -500., 0. *Element, type=M3D4R 1, 1, 2, 53, 52 … 2500, 2549, 2550, 2601, 2600 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet2, internal, generate 1, 2601, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet2, internal, generate 1, 2500, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet8, internal, generate 1, 2601, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet8, internal, generate 1, 2500, 1 ** Section: Section-1 *orientation, name=ori-1,local directions=2 1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,1.0,0.0 3,0.0 1.0, 0.0, 0.0 0.0, 1.0, 0.0
Appendices
145
*Membrane Section, elset=_PickedSet2, material=Material-1, orientation=Ori-1 0.6, *End Part ** *Part, name=Part-2 *Node 1, -500., 500., 0. … 11, 500., 500., 0. *Element, type=RB3D2 1, 1, 2 … 10, 10, 11 *Node 12, 0., 520., 0. *Nset, nset=Part-2-RefPt_, internal 12, *Elset, elset=Part-2, generate 1, 10, 1 *End Part ** ** ** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, name=Part-1-1, part=Part-1 *End Instance ** *Instance, name=Part-2-1, part=Part-2 *End Instance ** *Nset, nset=f1, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 51, 1 *Elset, elset=f1, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 50, 1 *Nset, nset=w1, instance=Part-2-1, generate 1, 11, 1 *Elset, elset=w1, instance=Part-2-1, generate 1, 10, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet8, internal, instance=Part-2-1 12, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet9, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 2551, 2601, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet9, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 2451, 2500, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet10, internal, instance=Part-2-1 12, *Surface, type=NODE, name=w1_CNS_, internal w1, 1. *Surface, type=NODE, name=f1_CNS_, internal f1, 1. *Rigid Body, ref node=Part-2-1.Part-2-RefPt_, elset=Part-2-1.Part-2 ** Constraint: Constraint-1 *Tie, name=Constraint-1, adjust=yes f1_CNS_, w1_CNS_ *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=Amp-1 0.1, 140., 0.2, 280., 0.3, 420., 0.4, 560. 0.5, 700., 0.6, 840., 0.7, 980., 0.8, 1120. 0.9, 1260., 1., 1400. **
Appendices
146
** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=Material-1 *Density 0.0001, *Anisotropic Hyperelastic, fung-orthotropic 1371.17, 288.81, 1.1418e+06, 28.44, 26.1108, 81.071, 23.33, 2. 2., 1.2, 0.0002 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1, nlgeom=YES *Static 1., 1., 1e-05, 0.1 ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: BC-1 Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet9, 1, 1 … _PickedSet9, 6, 6 ** Name: BC-2 Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet10, 1, 1 … _PickedSet10, 6, 6 ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: Load-1 Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=Amp-1 _PickedSet8, 2, 1400. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, frequency=0 ** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1 ** *Output, field, variable=PRESELECT ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT *End Step
Appendix A5: Typical input file for a test data based fabric model
*Heading ** Job name: fabric-uniaxial-fill Model name: fabric-uniaxial-fill ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** *Part, name=Part-1 *End Part ** **
Appendices
147
** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, name=Part-1-1, part=Part-1 *Node 1, 0., 0., 0. … 10, 0.0250000004, 0.100000001, 0. *Element, type=M3D4 1, 1, 2, 4, 3 … 4, 7, 8, 10, 9 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet2, internal, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet2, internal, generate 1, 4, 1 ** Section: Section-1 *Membrane Section, elset=_PickedSet2, material=Fabric 0.00083, *End Instance ** *Node 1, 0., 0.109999999, 0. *Nset, nset=_PickedSet5, internal, instance=Part-1-1 9, 10 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet5, internal, instance=Part-1-1 4, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet6, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet15, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet16, internal, instance=Part-1-1 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet17, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 9, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet18, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=Part-1-1 1, 2 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet19, internal, instance=Part-1-1 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet20, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 10, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet20, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 4, 1 *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet5_CNS_, internal _PickedSet5, 1. ** Constraint: Constraint-1 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-1, ref node=_PickedSet6, surface=_PickedSet5_CNS_ *Kinematic 2, 2 *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=Amp-1 0., 0., 0.5, 1, 1., 0 ** ** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=Fabric *Density
Appendices
148
1000., *Damping, Beta=1.e-6 *Fabric, stress free initial slack=yes *Uniaxial, Component=1 *Loading data, type=permanent deformation, direction=tension, yield onset=0.01, extrapolation=linear 0, 0.000000 1009246, 0.000916 2019116, 0.001570 3211537, 0.002193 5078824, 0.003271 7023795, 0.004525 9131901, 0.005920 11125431, 0.007299 13029629, 0.008944 15940795, 0.012738 17138084, 0.015169 19081137, 0.020417 21003802, 0.026451 23892667, 0.038292 *Unloading data, definition=shifted curve 0, 0 23694074.94, 0.02 *Loading data, type=permanent deformation, direction=compression, yield onset=0.4, extrapolation=linear 0., 0. 15000000., 1000 *Unloading data, definition=shifted curve 0., 0. 15000000., 1000 *Uniaxial, Component=2 *Loading data, type=permanent deformation, direction=tension, yield onset=0.01, extrapolation=linear 0, 0.000000 1035995, 0.008549 2002672, 0.015624 3390696, 0.022825 5311935, 0.032131 7265800, 0.039092 9169333, 0.044338 11104561, 0.049050 13022082, 0.054116 15452313, 0.063179 17374506, 0.073349 19295771, 0.084003 21756788, 0.095620 23636116, 0.106071 34000000, 0.14 *Unloading data, definition=shifted curve 0, 0 2500000, 0.01077 5000000, 0.0188475 7500000, 0.024771 10000000, 0.0296175 12500000, 0.034464 15000000, 0.0379104 17500000, 0.0411414 20000000, 0.045234 22500000, 0.048465 25000000, 0.051696 27500000, 0.054927 *Loading data, type=permanent deformation, direction=compression, yield onset=0.4, extrapolation=linear 0., 0. 15000000., 200 *Unloading data, definition=shifted curve
Appendices
149
0., 0. 15000000., 200 *Uniaxial, Component=shear *Loading data, type=permanent deformation, direction=tension, yield onset=0.01, extrapolation=linear 0, 0 1042816.867, 0.023883246 2002971.084, 0.055159132 3034901.205, 0.085882118 4013698.795, 0.116957776 5139320.482, 0.14766422 6155409.639, 0.170358113 7164975.904, 0.189879236 8168019.277, 0.20664293 9184115.663, 0.221259538 10143816.87, 0.233604556 11112843.37, 0.244897436 12073949.4, 0.25552153 13042983.13, 0.264968703 *Unloading data, definition=shifted curve 0, 0 15000000, 0.05 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1 *Dynamic, Explicit, element by element , 1. *Bulk Viscosity 0.4, 1.2 ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: pt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet16, 1, 1 … _PickedSet16, 6, 6 ** Name: rfpt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet17, 1, 1 … _PickedSet17, 6, 6 ** Name: xsymm Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet18, XSYMM ** Name: ysymm Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary _PickedSet19, YSYMM ** Name: z Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet20, 3, 3 ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: load-top Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=Amp-1 _PickedSet15, 2, 500. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, number interval=1, time marks=NO
Appendices
150
** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1 ** *Output, field, time interval=0.05 *Node Output A, RF, U, V *Element Output, directions=YES EVF, LE, PE, PEEQ, PEEQVAVG, PEVAVG, S, SVAVG ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT, time interval=0.05 *End Step
Appendix A6: Typical input file for a combined orthotropic elastic-plastic material model
*Heading ** Job name: Uniaxial-fill-goodfill Model name: Uniaxial-fill-goodfill ** Generated by: Abaqus/CAE 6.11-1 *Preprint, echo=NO, model=NO, history=NO, contact=NO ** ** PARTS ** *Part, name=Part-1 *End Part ** ** ** ASSEMBLY ** *Assembly, name=Assembly ** *Instance, name=Part-1-1, part=Part-1 *Node 1, 0.0250000004, 0.0250000004, 0. … 196, 0., 0., 0. *Element, type=M3D4R 1, 1, 2, 16, 15 … 169, 181, 182, 196, 195 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet2, internal, generate 1, 196, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet2, internal, generate 1, 169, 1 ** Section: Section-1 *Membrane Section, elset=_PickedSet2, material=plasticbehavior 0.00083, *End Instance ** *Node 1, 0., 0.0299999993, 0. *Nset, nset=_PickedSet48, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet62, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 14, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet62, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 1, 13, 1 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet63, internal 1,
Appendices
151
*Nset, nset=_PickedSet64, internal 1, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet65, internal, instance=Part-1-1 196, *Nset, nset=_PickedSet66, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 14, 196, 14 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet66, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 13, 169, 13 *Nset, nset=_PickedSet67, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 183, 196, 1 *Elset, elset=_PickedSet67, internal, instance=Part-1-1, generate 157, 169, 1 *Surface, type=NODE, name=_PickedSet62_CNS_, internal _PickedSet62, 1. ** Constraint: Constraint-3 *Coupling, constraint name=Constraint-3, ref node=_PickedSet63, surface=_PickedSet62_CNS_ *Kinematic 2, 2 *End Assembly *Amplitude, name=load-top 0., 0., 1., 1., 2., 0. ** ** MATERIALS ** *Material, name=plasticbehavior *Density 963., *Elastic, type=ENGINEERING CONSTANTS 1.13e+09, 8.25e+08, 2e+07, 0.04, 0.25, 0.25, 3e+08, 2e+06 2e+06, *Plastic 200000., 0. 1e+06, 0.008 2.4e+06, 0.015 4.8e+06, 0.024 7.3e+06, 0.03 9.6e+06, 0.034 1.2e+07, 0.037 1.45e+07, 0.041 1.7e+07, 0.049 1.9e+07, 0.058 2.17e+07, 0.068 2.36e+07, 0.075 5e+07, 0.3 *Potential 2.65,1.,1.,1.,1.,1. ** ** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: top Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary _PickedSet48, 2, 2 … _PickedSet48, 6, 6 ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** STEP: Step-1 ** *Step, name=Step-1, inc=1000 *Static 0.05, 2., 2e-100, 0.05 **
Appendices
152
** BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ** ** Name: pt Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary, op=NEW _PickedSet65, 1, 1 … _PickedSet65, 6, 6 ** Name: top Type: Displacement/Rotation *Boundary, op=NEW _PickedSet48, 1, 1 … _PickedSet48, 6, 6 ** Name: xsymm Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary, op=NEW _PickedSet66, XSYMM ** Name: ysymm Type: Symmetry/Antisymmetry/Encastre *Boundary, op=NEW _PickedSet67, YSYMM ** ** LOADS ** ** Name: load-top Type: Concentrated force *Cload, amplitude=load-top _PickedSet64, 1, 0. _PickedSet64, 2, 500. ** ** OUTPUT REQUESTS ** *Restart, write, frequency=10 ** ** FIELD OUTPUT: F-Output-1 ** *Output, field, variable=PRESELECT, time interval=0.05 ** ** HISTORY OUTPUT: H-Output-1 ** *Output, history, variable=PRESELECT, time interval=0.05 *End Step
Appendices
153
Appendix B
Appendix B1: Calculation of equivalent stress if σ11 is the only nonzero stress component > restart:> F:=1/2*(1/R22^2+1/R33^2-1/R11^2); G:=1/2*(1/R33^2+1/R11^2-1/R22^2); H:=1/2*(1/R11^2+1/R22^2-1/R33^2); L:=3/2/R23^2; M:=3/2/R13^2; N:=3/2/R12^2; f:=sqrt(F*(sigma22-sigma33)^2+G*(sigma33-sigma11)^2+H*(sigma11-sigma22)^2+2*L*sigma23^2+2*M*sigma13^2+2*N*sigma12^2);
> sigma22:=00: sigma33:=0: sigma12:=0: sigma23:=0: sigma13:=0: simplify(f);
:= F + − 1
2 R222
1
2 R332
1
2 R112
:= G + − 1
2 R332
1
2 R112
1
2 R222
:= H + − 1
2 R112
1
2 R222
1
2 R332
:= L3
2 R232
:= M3
2 R132
:= N3
2 R122
f
+ − 1
2 R222
1
2 R332
1
2 R112 ( ) − σ22 σ33 2
:=
+ − 1
2 R332
1
2 R112
1
2 R222 ( ) − σ33 σ11 2 +
+ − 1
2 R112
1
2 R222
1
2 R332 ( ) − σ11 σ22 2 3 σ232
R232
3 σ132
R132
3 σ122
R122 + + + +
( )/1 2
σ112
R112
Appendices
154
Appendix B2: Calculation of the flow rule and calculation of the flow rule if σ11 is the only nonzero stress component > restart: > f:=sqrt(F*(sigma22-sigma33)^2+G*(sigma33-sigma11)^2+H*(sigma11-sigma22)^2+2*L*sigma23^2+2*M*sigma13^2+2*N*sigma12^2);
> de11:=simplify(value(d(lambda)*Diff(f,sigma11))); de22:=simplify(value(d(lambda)*Diff(f,sigma22))); de33:=simplify(value(d(lambda)*Diff(f,sigma33))); de12:=simplify(value(d(lambda)*Diff(f,sigma12))); de13:=simplify(value(d(lambda)*Diff(f,sigma13))); de23:=simplify(value(d(lambda)*Diff(f,sigma23))); simplify(de11+de22+de33);
> F:=1/2*(1/R22^2+1/R33^2-1/R11^2): G:=1/2*(1/R33^2+1/R11^2-1/R22^2): H:=1/2*(1/R11^2+1/R22^2-1/R33^2): L:=3/2/R23^2: M:=3/2/R13^2: N:=3/2/R12^2: sigma22:=0: sigma33:=0: sigma12:=0: sigma23:=0:sigma13:=0: > simplify(de11); simplify(de22); simplify(de33); simplify(de12);
f F σ222 2 F σ22 σ33 F σ332 G σ332 2 G σ33 σ11 G σ112 H σ112 − + + − + + ( :=
2 H σ11 σ22 H σ222 2 L σ232 2 M σ132 2 N σ122 − + + + + )( )/1 2
de11 ( )d λ ( )− + + − G σ33 G σ11 H σ11 H σ22 F σ222 2 F σ22 σ33 F σ332 − + (/ :=
G σ332 2 G σ33 σ11 G σ112 H σ112 2 H σ11 σ22 H σ222 2 L σ232 + − + + − + +
2 M σ132 2 N σ122 + + )( )/1 2
de22 ( )d λ ( ) − − + F σ22 F σ33 H σ11 H σ22 F σ222 2 F σ22 σ33 F σ332 − + (/ :=
G σ332 2 G σ33 σ11 G σ112 H σ112 2 H σ11 σ22 H σ222 2 L σ232 + − + + − + +
2 M σ132 2 N σ122 + + )( )/1 2
de33 ( )d λ ( ) − − + F σ22 F σ33 G σ33 G σ11 F σ222 2 F σ22 σ33 F σ332 − + (/− :=
G σ332 2 G σ33 σ11 G σ112 H σ112 2 H σ11 σ22 H σ222 2 L σ232 + − + + − + +
2 M σ132 2 N σ122 + + )( )/1 2
de12 2 ( )d λ N σ12 F σ222 2 F σ22 σ33 F σ332 G σ332 2 G σ33 σ11 − + + − (/ :=
G σ112 H σ112 2 H σ11 σ22 H σ222 2 L σ232 2 M σ132 2 N σ122 + + − + + + + )^( )/1 2
de13 2 ( )d λ M σ13 F σ222 2 F σ22 σ33 F σ332 G σ332 2 G σ33 σ11 − + + − (/ :=
G σ112 H σ112 2 H σ11 σ22 H σ222 2 L σ232 2 M σ132 2 N σ122 + + − + + + + )^( )/1 2
de23 2 ( )d λ L σ23 F σ222 2 F σ22 σ33 F σ332 G σ332 2 G σ33 σ11 − + + − (/ :=
G σ112 H σ112 2 H σ11 σ22 H σ222 2 L σ232 2 M σ132 2 N σ122 + + − + + + + )^( )/1 2
0
Appendices
155
simplify(de13); simplify(de23);
( )d λ σ11
R112 σ112
R112
12
( )d λ ( )− − + R332 R222 R332 R112 R112 R222 σ11
R332 R112 R222 σ112
R112
− 12
( )d λ ( ) + − R112 R222 R332 R222 R332 R112 σ11
R332 R112 R222 σ112
R112
0
0
0
Appendices
156
Appendix C
Optimization of R11 for anisotropic plasticity with crimp interchange fitted to the uniaxial tensile test in fill direction > restart:with(plots):with(LinearAlgebra):with(Optimization):with(CurveFitting): > Warp:=Matrix(<<0.05|0>, <0.91|0.0008>, <1.82|0.0014>, <3.8|0.0026>, <8.69|0.0055>, <13.48|0.0095>, <15.94|0.0127>, <18.35|0.0184>, <20.29|0.0241>, <22.22|0.0305>, <23.89|0.039>>): Fill:=Matrix(<<0.04|0>, <0.89|0.0075>, <1.86|0.0146>, <3.87|0.0253>, <6.28|0.0359>, <11.1|0.0491>, <13.52|0.0556>, <15.94|0.0655>, <18.33|0.0788>, <20.75|0.0913>, <23.64|0.1043>>): EFill:=860: EWarp:=1000: tabel:=Matrix(10,2): for i from 1 to 10 do tabel[i,1]:=Fill[i,1]; tabel[i,2]:=Fill[i,2]-tabel[i,1]/EFill; end do: > N:=2000: StandAfw:=Matrix(N,3): for i from 1 to N do R11:=0+i/200; WarpHill[i]:=Matrix(11,2): WarpInterpolated[i]:=Matrix(11,2): for j from 1 to 11 do WarpHill[i][j,1]:=Warp[j,1]: WarpHill[i][j,2]:=ArrayInterpolation(tabel[1..-1,1],tabel[1..-1,2],WarpHill[i][j,1]/R11)/R11+WarpHill[i][j,1]/EWarp; end do: for k from 1 to 11 do WarpInterpolated[i][k,1]:=Fill[k,1]; WarpInterpolated[i][k,2]:=ArrayInterpolation(WarpHill[i][1..-1,1],WarpHill[i][1..-1,2],WarpInterpolated[i][k,1]); end do: StandAfw[i,1]:=R11; StandAfw[i,2]:=sqrt((WarpInterpolated[i][1,2]-Warp[1,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][2,2]-Warp[2,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][3,2]-Warp[3,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][4,2]-Warp[4,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][5,2]-Warp[5,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][6,2]-Warp[6,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][7,2]-Warp[7,2])^2+
Appendices
157
(WarpInterpolated[i][8,2]-Warp[8,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][9,2]-Warp[9,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][10,2]-Warp[10,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][11,2]-Warp[11,2])^2*50); StandAfw[i,3]:=max((WarpInterpolated[i][1,2]-Warp[1,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][2,2]-Warp[2,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][3,2]-Warp[3,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][4,2]-Warp[4,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][5,2]-Warp[5,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][6,2]-Warp[6,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][7,2]-Warp[7,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][8,2]-Warp[8,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][9,2]-Warp[9,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][10,2]-Warp[10,2]), (WarpInterpolated[i][11,2]-Warp[11,2])); end do: > pointplot([StandAfw[1..-1,1],StandAfw[1..-1,2]], axes=boxed);
> N:=2000: StandAfw:=Matrix(N,3): for i from 1 to N do R11:=2.+i/2000; WarpHill[i]:=Matrix(11,2): WarpInterpolated[i]:=Matrix(11,2): for j from 1 to 11 do WarpHill[i][j,1]:=Warp[j,1]: WarpHill[i][j,2]:=ArrayInterpolation(tabel[1..-1,1],tabel[1..-1,2],WarpHill[i][j,1]/R11)/R11+WarpHill[i][j,1]/EWarp; end do: for k from 1 to 11 do WarpInterpolated[i][k,1]:=Fill[k,1]; WarpInterpolated[i][k,2]:=ArrayInterpolation(WarpHill[i][1..-1,1],WarpHill[i][1..-1,2],WarpInterpolated[i][k,1]); end do: StandAfw[i,1]:=R11; StandAfw[i,2]:=sqrt((WarpInterpolated[i][1,2]-Warp[1,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][2,2]-Warp[2,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][3,2]-Warp[3,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][4,2]-Warp[4,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][5,2]-Warp[5,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][6,2]-Warp[6,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][7,2]-Warp[7,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][8,2]-Warp[8,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][9,2]-Warp[9,2])^2+ (WarpInterpolated[i][10,2]-Warp[10,2])^2+
Appendices
158
(WarpInterpolated[i][11,2]-Warp[11,2])^2*50); end do: > pointplot([StandAfw[1..-1,1],StandAfw[1..-1,2]], axes=boxed,labels=["R11","Cost function"],labeldirections=[horizontal,vertical],title="Optimization of R11");
> R:=2.38; nr:=(R-2)*2000; WarpAndFill:=<WarpHill[1225],Warp>:
> plot1:=pointplot([WarpHill[760][1..-1,2],WarpHill[600][1..-1,1]], color=green, connect): plot2:=pointplot([Warp[1..-1,2],Warp[1..-1,1]], color=blue, connect): plot3:=pointplot([WarpHill[760][1..-1,2],WarpHill[600][1..-1,1]], color=green, legend = "Experimental warp curve"): plot4:=pointplot([Warp[1..-1,2],Warp[1..-1,1]], color=blue, legend = "Hill plasticity warp curve"): display(plot3,plot4,plot1,plot2,labels=["Engineering strain warp (-)","Stress warp (MPa)"],labeldirections=[horizontal,vertical],title="Best fitting warp curve");
:= R 2.38
:= nr 760.00
159
Bibliography
1. Ummels, J., Noodtenten uit eindhoven naar rampgebieden wereldwijd, in Omroep Brabant. 2010: Eindhoven. 2. Zwoegen en zweten om grote festivaltent recht te zetten, in Het belang van Genk. 2011: Genk. 3. Wikipedia. Textile manufacturing. Textiles 2012 26/02/2012. 4. Bridgens, B.N., P.D. Gosling, and M.J.S. Birchall, Membrane material behavior: concepts, practice and
developments, in The structural engineer. 2003. p. 6. 5. Forster, B. and M. Mollaert, European design guide for tensile surface structures. 2004: Tensinet. 354. 6. Van_Impe, R., Spatial Structures. 2011, Ghent. 7. Wikipedia. Joseph Plateau. 2012 01-02-2012. 8. Norsterud, S.S. Textile roofs. 2012. 9. de_Laet, L., Tensile structures: do it yourself, in fabric architecture. 2008. 10. Sethian, J.A. Minimal surfaces and soap bubbles. Moving interfaces and boundaries 2010 [cited 2006. 11. Day, A.S., A general computer technique for form finding for tension structures, in Shells and spatial structures,
the development of form. 1978: Morgantown, USA. 12. Mollaert, M. Project Tokyo dome 'Big egg'. 1988. 13. Lombardi, S., Modern teahouse 2007 for MAK Frankfurt/Main, in Tensinews. 2007, Tensinet:
Frankfurt. p. 2. 14. Lombardi, S., Lightweight with large span: Tensairity, in Tensinet newspaper. 2004, Tensinet. p. 1. 15. Mollaert, M. Project expo 1970 (Osaka) Fuji group pavilion. 16. The Eden project. [cited 2006. 17. Grunwald, G., First prototype of a foil facade of equal frame modules covered with mechanically pre-stressed foil,
in Tensinews. 2009, Tensinet: Bad Tolz. p. 2. 18. Mollaert, M. Project Eco membrane. 19. Meyer, J.J., Hovering archives, in Tensinews. 2008, Tensinet: Hamburg. p. 2. 20. Cook, D., Transfomation into a green void, in Tensinews. 2009, Tensinet: Sydney. p. 1. 21. Rash, S.L., A flower from Venezuela for the world, in Tensinews. 2001, Tensinet: Hannover. p. 1. 22. Mollaert, M. Project cover of a swimming pool in Seville. 23. Chilton, J., IASS International Symposium on the theory, design and realisation of shell and spatial structures,
in Tensinews. 2002, Tensinet: Nagoya. p. 1. 24. Houtman, R., APPP Church with double layer insulated membrane covering, in Tensinews. 2007,
Tensinews: Maassluis. p. 1. 25. 'Water cube': green architectural wonder. 2008; the nightscape of the 'watercube']. 26. Miyamura, T., Wrinkling on stretched circular membrane under in-plane torsion: Bifurcation analyses and
experiments. Elsevier, Engineering structures, 1999. 23: p. 19. 27. Shouhui Chen, X.D., Raul Fangueiro, Honglei Yi, Jing Ni, Tensile behavior of PVC-Coated woven
membrane materials under uni- and bi-axial loads. Wiley InterScience, 2007: p. 7. 28. Shouhui Chen, X.D., Raul Fangueiro, Honglei Yi, Tensile performance of construction membrane materials
under multi-axial loads. p. 6. 29. Chen Shou-Hui, Y.H.-Q., Guo Zheng, Fangueiro Raul, Qi Da-Peng, The FEM-prediction on Tensile
Performance of Woven Membrane Materials under Uni and Bi-axial Loads. Journal of fiber bioengineering and Informatics: p. 6.
30. Galliot, C. and R.H. Luchsinger, A simple model describing the non-linear biaxial tensile behaviour of PVC-coated polyester fabrics for use in finite element analysis. Composite Structures, 2009. 90(4): p. 438-447.
31. Paolo Beccarelli, B.N.B., Cedric Galliot, Peter D. Gosling, Bernd Stimpfle, Alessandra Zanelli Round-robin biaxial tensile testing of architectural coated fabrics.
32. C. Galliot, R.H.L., Non-linear properties of PVC-coated fabrics used in tensairity structures, in Advanced composite materials in construction (ICCM17). 2009: Edinburgh, United Kingdom.
33. Bridgens B., G.P.J.G.-T., Hsu X.-Y., Inter-laboratory comparison of biaxial tests for architectural textiles. The Journal of The Textile Institute, 2011.
34. Uhlemann, J., et al., Effects on elastic constants of technical membranes applying the evaluation methods of MSAJ/M-02-1995, in International conference on Textile Composites and Inflatable Structures: Structural membranes, O. E., K. B., and B. K.-U., Editors. 2011. p. 12.
Bibliography
160
35. Galliot, C. and R.H. Luchsinger, Determination of the response of coated fabrics under biaxial stress: Comparison between different test procedures, in International conference on textile composites and inflatable structures: Strucural membranes, E. Onate, B. Kroplin, and K.-U. Bletzinger, Editors. 2011. p. 12.
36. Chen Shouhui, D.X., Fangueiro Raoul, Yi Honglei, Yang Xudong, Tensile performance and Crack Propagation of coated Woven fabrics under Multiaxial Loads. Wiley Interscience, 2009: p. 9.
37. Yixi Luo, H.H., Mechanical properties of PVC coated bi-axial warp knitted fabric with and without initial cracks under multi-axial tensile loads. Elsevier, Composite structures, 2008. 89: p. 7.
38. Zhang Yingying, Z.Q., Zhou Chuanzhi, Zhou Ying, Mechanical properties of PTFE coated fabrics. Journal of reinforced plastics and composites, 2010: p. 8.
39. Quaglini, V., C. Corazza, and C. Poggi, Experimental characterization of orthotropic technical textiles under uniaxial and biaxial loading. Composites Part a-Applied Science and Manufacturing, 2008. 39(8): p. 1331-1342.
40. Bridgens, B.N. and P.D. Gosling, Direct stress-strain representation for coated woven fabrics. Computers & Structures, 2004. 82(23-26): p. 1913-1927.
41. Galliot, C. and R.H. Luchsinger, The shear ramp A new test method for the investigation of coated fabric shear behaviour - Part I Theory. Composites Part a-Applied Science and Manufacturing, 2010. 41(12): p. 1743-1749.
42. Galliot, C. and R.H. Luchsinger, The shear ramp A new test method for the investigation of coated fabric shear behaviour - Part II Experimental validation. Composites Part a-Applied Science and Manufacturing, 2010. 41(12): p. 1750-1759.
43. Hirozaku, M., A Multi-step linear approximation method for nonlinear analysis of stress and deformation of coated plain-weave fabric. Journal of textile engineering, 2006. 52: p. 7.
44. Day, A.S., Stress–strain equations for non-linear behaviour of coated woven fabrics, in IASS syposium: shells, membranes and space frames. 1986: Osaka, Japan. p. 8.
45. Reese, S., T. Raible, and P. Wriggers, Finite element modelling of orthotropic material behaviour in pneumatic membranes. International Journal of Solids and Structures, 2001. 38(52): p. 9525-9544.
46. Gosling, P.D. and B.N. Bridgens, Material testing & computational mechanics - A new philosophy for architectural fabrics, in Tensinet symposium: Ephemeral architecture Time and textiles, Tensinet, Editor. 2007: Politecnico di Milano. p. 21.
47. Seidel, M., Tensile surface structures: Apractical guide to cable and membrane construction, ed. E. Sohn. 2009, Wien. 229.
48. Galliot, C. and R.H. Luchsinger, Uniaxial and biaxial mechanical properties of ETFE foils. Polymer Testing, 2011. 30(4): p. 356-365.
49. M. Sasso, G.P., G. Chiappini, D. Amodio, Characterisation of hyperelastic rubber-like materials by biaxial and uniaxial stretching tests based on optical methods. Elsevier, Polymer testing, 2008. 27: p. 10.
50. Topalli, P., Master thesis, in Mechanics of Materials and Constructions. 2012, Free University Brussels: Brussels.
51. Van_Hemelrijck, D., et al., Biaxial testing of fibre reinforced composites, in 16th international conference on composite materials. 2007: Kyoto Japan. p. 8.
52. 3.4.1. Membrane elements, in Abaqus 6.11-1 theory manual. 2011. 53. 21.2.1 Linear elastic behavior, in Abaqus 6.11-1 Analysis User's manual. 2011. 54. 9.2 Importing and transferring results, in Abaqus 6.11-1 Analysis User's manual. 2011. 55. 21.5.1 Hyperelastic behavior of rubberlike materials, in Abaqus 6.11-1 analysis user's manual. 2011. 56. 22.7.1 Permanent set in rubberlike materials, in Abaqus 6.11-1 Analysis user's manual. 2011. 57. 21.5.3 Anisotropic hyperelastic behavior, in Abaqus 6.11-1 Analysis user's manual. 2011. 58. Holzapfel, G.A., Determination of material models for arterial walls from uniaxial extension tests and
histological structure. Journal of theoretical biology, 2005. 238: p. 13. 59. Gerard A. Atheshian, K.D.C., A frame-invariant formulation of Fung elasticity. Journal of
Biomechanics, 2009. 42: p. 5. 60. Lukas Horny, R.Z., Hynek Chlup, Hana Mackova, Identification of the material parameters of an aortic
wall. Bullletin of applied mechanics 2, 2006. 8: p. 9. 61. J. Zhou, Y.C.F., The degree of nonlinearity and anisotropy of blood vessel elasticity. Proceedings of the
national academy of sciences of the united states of america, 1997. 94: p. 6. 62. Y.C. Fung, S.Q.L., Determination of the mechanical properties of the different layers of blood vessels in vivo.
Proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america, 1995. 92: p. 5. 63. Holzapfel, G.A., Biomechanics of soft tissue. Computational biomechanics, 2000.
Bibliography
161
64. T. C. Gasser, R.W.O., Gerhard A. Holzapfel, Hyperelastic modelling of arterial layers with distributed collagen fibre orientations. Journal of the royal society, 2006. 3: p. 21.
65. I. Hariton, G.d., T.C. Gasser, G.A. Holzapfel, How to incorporate collagen fiber orientations in an arterial bifurcation. Computational biomechanics, 2005: p. 10.
66. Gerhard A. Holzapfel, T.C.G., Ray. W. Ogden, A new constitutive framework for arterial wall mechanics and a comparative study of material models. Journal of elasticity, 2001. 61: p. 48.
67. 22.4.1 Fabric material behavior, in Abaqus 6.11-1 Analysis User's manual. 2011. 68. 22.2.6 Anisotropic yield/creep, in Abaqus 6.11-1 Analysis User's manual. 2011. 69. Fion Dunne, N.P., Introduction to computational plasticity. 2006, Oxford: Oxford university press. 258. 70. Hill, R., Constitutive modelling of orthotropic plasticity in sheet metals. J. Mech. Phys. Solids, 1989. 38: p.
13. 71. H.D. Espinosa, H.C.L., S.K. Dwivedi, P.D. Zavattieri, A finite deformation anisotropic plasticity model
for fiber reinforced composites. 72. Grassl, P., K. Lundgren, and K. Gylltoft, Concrete in compression: a plasticity theory with a novel hardening
law. International Journal of Solids and Structures, 2002. 39(20): p. 5205-5223. 73. Lan, L.Y., et al., Dynamic and Static Recrystallization Behavior of Low Carbon High Niobium Microalloyed
Steel. Journal of Iron and Steel Research International, 2011. 18(1): p. 55-60. 74. Mohammed Omar Andar, T.K., Shigeru Yonemura, Akihiro Uenishi, Elastic-Plastic and inelactis
characteristics of high strength steel sheets under biaxial loading and unloading. ISIJ international, 2010. 50: p. 7.
75. J. Christopher, B.K.C., E. Isaac Samuel, V.S. Srinivasan, M.D. Mathew, Tensile flow and work hardening behaviour of 9Cr–1Mo ferritic steelin the frame work of Voce relationship. Elsevier - Material science and engineering A, 2011. 528: p. 7.
76. C. Girish Shastry, M.D.M., K. Bhanu Sankara Rao, S.L. Mannan, Analysis of elevated temperature flow and work hardening behaviour ofservice-exposed 2.25Cr-1Mo steel using Voce equation. Elsevier, International journal of pressure vessels and piping, 2003. 81: p. 5.
77. Hill, R., A user-friendly theory of orthotropic plasticity in sheet metals. Int. J. Mech. Sci., 1993. 35: p. 7. 78. Rousselier, G., M. Luo, and D. Mohr, Macroscopic plasticity modeling of anisotropic aluminum extrusions
using a Reduced Texture Methodology. International Journal of Plasticity, 2012. 30-31: p. 144-165. 79. Zhang, L., et al., Cold stamping formability of AZ31B magnesium alloy sheet undergoing repeated unidirectional
bending process. Journal of Materials Processing Technology, 2011. 211(4): p. 644-649. 80. Gilles, G., et al., Experimental characterization and elasto-plastic modeling of the quasi-static mechanical
response of TA-6 V at room temperature. International Journal of Solids and Structures, 2011. 48(9): p. 1277-1289.
81. Zhang, H., et al., Influence of initial texture on formability of AZ31B magnesium alloy sheets at different temperatures. Journal of Materials Processing Technology, 2011. 211(10): p. 1575-1580.
82. Abouhilou, F., et al., Deformation and recrystallization texture, microstructure and kinetics of Pb-Ca-Sn alloy. Transactions of Nonferrous Metals Society of China, 2011. 21(8): p. 1779-1784.
83. Gurao, N.P., S. Sethuraman, and S. Suwas, Effect of strain path change on the evolution of texture and microstructure during rolling of copper and nickel. Materials Science and Engineering a-Structural Materials Properties Microstructure and Processing, 2011. 528(25-26): p. 7739-7750.
84. Hill, R., Constitutive modeling of othotropic plasticity in sheet metals. Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids, 1990. 38(3): p. 405-417.
162
List of figures
Figure 1.1: Indian teepee. ............................................................................................................................ 2
Figure 1.2: Emergency tent used by the Red Cross [1]. .......................................................................... 2
Figure 1.3: Festival tent [2]. ......................................................................................................................... 2
Figure 1.4: Loom to weave a fabric. .......................................................................................................... 3
Figure 1.5: Woven fabric with straight warp fibers and curved fill fibers [4]. ..................................... 3
Figure 1.6: Plain weave (a), Satin weave (b) and twill weave (c). ........................................................... 4
Figure 1.7: The coated fabric T2107 that is used in this master thesis. ................................................ 5
Figure 1.8: Photo of the surface of the coated fabric of the outer surface (a) and the inner surface
(b). ................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 1.9: Microscopic image (x200) of the coated fabric, cut out along the warp direction. ........ 6
Figure 1.10: Microscopic image (x200) of the coated fabric, cut out along the fill direction. .......... 6
Figure 1.11: Photos of the embedded samples in Epofix with a fluorescent yellow color. .............. 7
Figure 1.12: : Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the warp direction after
embedding and polishing with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b). ..................................................... 7
Figure 1.13: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the fill direction after
embedding and polishing with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b). ..................................................... 7
Figure 1.14: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the warp direction after
embedding, polishing and further polishing by hand with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b). ...... 8
Figure 1.15: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the fill direction after
embedding, polishing and further polishing by hand with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b). ...... 8
Figure 1.16: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the warp direction after
embedding and cutting by means of a cut-off machine with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b). .. 9
Figure 1.17: Microscopic image of the coated fabric, cut out along the fill direction after
embedding and cutting by means of a cut-off machine with magnification x55 (a) and x200 (b). .. 9
Figure 1.18: Anticlastic surface consisting of arching (A) and hanging (B) elements [5]. ............... 10
Figure 1.19: Saddle structure (a), high point structure [2] (b), ridge and valley structure [5] (c) and
hypar structure [5] (d). ............................................................................................................................... 11
Figure 1.20: Home-made soap film models, representing the minimal surface for the chosen
boundaries. .................................................................................................................................................. 11
Figure 1.21: Soap film model [8] (a) and a realized membrane structure with the same shape [9]
(b). ................................................................................................................................................................. 12
Figure 1.22: Minimal surfaces for two parallel rings: hyperboloid (a) and two parallel rings (b)
[10]. ............................................................................................................................................................... 12
Figure 1.23: Membrane structure simplified as a cable network. ........................................................ 13
Figure 1.24: Tokyo dome ‘Big egg’ football stadium [12]. ................................................................... 14
Figure 1.25: Modern teahouse 2007 (Frankfurt) [13]. ........................................................................... 15
Figure 1.26: Tensairity used as bearing element of a bridge [14]. ....................................................... 15
Figure 1.27: Fuji group pavilion, expo 1970 Osaka [15]. ...................................................................... 16
Figure 1.28: The Eden project [16]. ......................................................................................................... 17
Figure 1.29: ETFE Facade as second skin for the Training center for the Bavarian mountain
rescue (Bad Tolz, Germany) [17]. ............................................................................................................ 17
List of figures
163
Figure 1.30: Eco membrane at the inside of the Deckelhalle as thermal insulation (Munich,
Germany) [18]. ............................................................................................................................................ 17
Figure 1.31: Deformation of a cable to a more efficient structure due to the load [6]. ................... 18
Figure 1.32: Hovering archives: temporary art project (Hamburg, Germany) [19]. ......................... 18
Figure 1.33:Green void: a temporary construction in the Sydney custom house (Sydney, Australia)
[20]. ............................................................................................................................................................... 18
Figure 1.34: Venezuelan pavilion [21]. .................................................................................................... 19
Figure 1.35: Convertible cover of a swimming pool in Seville, Spain [22]. ....................................... 19
Figure 1.36: Retractable roof of the Toyota stadium (Nagoya, Japan) [23]. ...................................... 19
Figure 1.37: Integration of glazed areas in the supporting steelwork to introduce direct
illumination in the enclosure, APPP church (Maassluis, the Netherlands) [24]. .............................. 21
Figure 1.38: The water cube, Bejing [25]. ............................................................................................... 21
Figure 2.1: Load-strain curve for uniaxial test in fill (a) and warp (b) direction [6]. ......................... 23
Figure 2.2: Crimp interchange. ................................................................................................................. 23
Figure 2.3: Stress-strain behavior for a biaxial test with load ratio 1:1 on a PTFE-glass fiber
membrane. Warp and fill yarns show a different behavior [4]. ........................................................... 24
Figure 2.4: Stress - strain curves for a biaxial test with load ratio 1:5 (a) and 5:1 (b) on a PTFE-
glass fiber membrane [4]. .......................................................................................................................... 24
Figure 2.5: Influence of cycle repetition for a 1:1 load ratio for a PVC-polyester membrane with a
maximum stress of 12 kN/m [35]. .......................................................................................................... 25
Figure 2.6: Loading cycles, used to investigate the influence of load history [35]. ........................... 26
Figure 2.7: Influence of the load history in warp direction for a load ratio 1:1 for a PVC coated
polyester fabric [35]. ................................................................................................................................... 26
Figure 2.8: Influence of the loading rate measured with uniaxial tensile tests in warp and fill
direction [35]. .............................................................................................................................................. 27
Figure 2.9: Influence of initial pre-stress level for a 1:1 loading in warp direction (a) and in fill
direction (b) [35]. ........................................................................................................................................ 27
Figure 2.10: Stress-strain behavior under different temperatures for a PTFE coated glass fiber
fabric material in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b) [38]. ............................................................ 28
Figure 2.11: Load errors (a) and strain errors (b) [34]. ......................................................................... 30
Figure 2.12: Optimized regression line and switched regression line [34]. ........................................ 31
Figure 2.13: Experimental and calculated (according to MSAJ standard) stress strain curves for
different load ratios [34]. ........................................................................................................................... 32
Figure 2.14: Experimental and calculated (according to a nonlinear elastic material model, taking
the load ratio into account) stress strain curves for a PTFE coated glass fiber fabric for different
load ratio and a maximum load of 12kN/m [30]. ................................................................................. 34
Figure 2.15: Response surfaces: experimental data point in stress-stress-strain space (a) and fitted
surface (b). ................................................................................................................................................... 35
Figure 2.16: Experimental data points in plotted strain-strain space showing the bounds of the
feasible membrane response for a PVC coated polyester fabric (a) and for a PTFE coated glass
fiber fabric (b) [4]. ...................................................................................................................................... 39
Figure 3.1: Photo of a uniaxial experiment on a membrane [47]. ....................................................... 41
Figure 3.2: Schematic drawing of the uniaxial test in warp direction (a), in fill direction (b) and in
shear (c). ....................................................................................................................................................... 43
Figure 3.3: Uniaxial tests up to failure in warp direction. ..................................................................... 43
List of figures
164
Figure 3.4: Uniaxial tests up to failure in fill direction. ......................................................................... 44
Figure 3.5: Uniaxial tests up to failure in shear. ..................................................................................... 44
Figure 3.6: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction. ......... 45
Figure 3.7: Elongation as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction.
....................................................................................................................................................................... 45
Figure 3.8: Strain (in warp and fill direction) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition
test in warp direction. ................................................................................................................................ 46
Figure 3.9: Stress (warp) as a function of strain (warp) for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp
direction. ...................................................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 3.10: Stress (warp) as a function of strain (warp) of the first loading for a uniaxial tensile
test in warp direction for a glass fiber ETFE foil (a) and for the PVC-polyester fabric (b). .......... 47
Figure 3.11: Poisson ratio νwf as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp
direction. ...................................................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 3.12: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction. ........... 48
Figure 3.13: Elongation as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction. 48
Figure 3.14: Strain in fill and warp direction as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition
test in fill direction ..................................................................................................................................... 49
Figure 3.15: Stress (fill) as a function of strain (fill) for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill
direction. ...................................................................................................................................................... 49
Figure 3.16: Stress (fill) as a function of strain (fill) of the first loading for a uniaxial tensile test in
fill direction for a glass fiber ETFE foil (a) and for the PVC-polyester fabric (b). .......................... 49
Figure 3.17: Poisson ratio νfw as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill
direction. ...................................................................................................................................................... 50
Figure 3.18: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in shear. ....................... 51
Figure 3.19: Elongation as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in shear. ............ 51
Figure 3.20: Deformation of the sample during a uniaxial tensile test in shear. ............................... 51
Figure 3.21: Strain as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in shear. ...................... 52
Figure 3.22: Stress as a function of strain for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in shear. .................... 52
Figure 3.23: Load (up to 500 N) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp
direction. ...................................................................................................................................................... 53
Figure 3.24: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp
direction up to a load of 500 N. ............................................................................................................... 53
Figure 3.25: Stress – strain curve for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in warp direction up to a load
of 500 N. ...................................................................................................................................................... 53
Figure 3.26: Load (up to 500 N) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill
direction. ...................................................................................................................................................... 54
Figure 3.27: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill
direction up to a load of 500 N. ............................................................................................................... 54
Figure 3.28: Stress – strain curve for a uniaxial cycle repetition test in fill direction up to a load of
500 N............................................................................................................................................................ 54
Figure 3.29: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial test in warp direction with increasing load.
....................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Figure 3.30: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a uniaxial test in warp direction with
increasing load. ........................................................................................................................................... 55
Figure 3.31: Stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test in warp direction with increasing load. ............. 56
List of figures
165
Figure 3.32: Load as a function of time for a uniaxial test in fill direction with increasing load. ... 56
Figure 3.33: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a uniaxial test in fill direction with
increasing load. ........................................................................................................................................... 57
Figure 3.34: Stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test in fill direction with increasing load. ................. 57
Figure 3.35: Geometry and loading of the uniaxial sample (a) and a quarter of the geometry with
symmetry boundary conditions (b). ......................................................................................................... 58
Figure 3.36: Coupling between the boundary nodes of the sample and the RP in the loading
direction. The load is applied in the reference point. ........................................................................... 58
Figure 4.1: Experimental setup for a biaxial test [35]. .......................................................................... 60
Figure 4.2: Possible load history (MSAJ test protocol) [35]. ................................................................ 61
Figure 4.3: Radial load paths in the warp-fill stress space [4]. ............................................................. 61
Figure 4.4: Bubble inflation test device for performing biaxial tests [48]. ......................................... 62
Figure 4.5: Geometry of the cruciform sample used in experimental biaxial tests (a) and a quarter
of the sample with boundary conditions and loading (b). .................................................................... 63
Figure 4.6: Loading the ends of the arms by coupling the boundary nodes to a reference point in
which the load is applied. .......................................................................................................................... 63
Figure 4.7: Geometry of the finite element simulation, including symmetry boundary conditions
and reference points. .................................................................................................................................. 64
Figure 4.8: Value of the stresses S11 (a) and S22 (b) at the central point of the cruciform sample
for 7 meshes with a different number of mesh elements. .................................................................... 65
Figure 4.9: Horizontal, vertical and diagonal path in central part along which the stresses and
strains are compared. ................................................................................................................................. 65
Figure 4.10: Stress S11 along the diagonal path (a), horizontal path (b) and vertical path (c) for 7
different meshes. ........................................................................................................................................ 66
Figure 4.11: Mesh used in the FEM for a sample with four slits in each arm. ................................. 67
Figure 4.12: Three different shapes of the tips of the slits: rectangular, round, peak. ..................... 67
Figure 4.13: Contour plots of stresses S11 in biaxial test sample under 1:1 load ratio (25 MPa) for
orthotropic linear elastic material behavior: rectangular tips (a), round tips (b), peak tips (c) and
legend (Pascal) (d) ...................................................................................................................................... 68
Figure 4.14: Contour plots of stresses S22 in biaxial test sample under 1:1 load ratio (25 MPa) for
orthotropic linear elastic material behavior: rectangular tips (a), round tips (b), peak tips (c) and
legend (Pascal) (d) ...................................................................................................................................... 68
Figure 4.15: Contour plots of stresses S12 in biaxial test sample under 1:1 load ratio (25 MPa) for
orthotropic linear elastic material behavior: rectangular tips (a), round tips (b), peak tips (c) and
legend (Pascal) (d). ..................................................................................................................................... 68
Figure 4.16: Stress curves S11 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips 69
Figure 4.17: Stress curves S22 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips 69
Figure 4.18: Stress curves S12 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips.
....................................................................................................................................................................... 69
Figure 4.19: Stress curves S11 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips
(magnification) ............................................................................................................................................ 69
Figure 4.20: Stress curves S22 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips
(magnification) ............................................................................................................................................ 70
Figure 4.21: Stress curves S12 along diagonal path for rectangular tips, round tips and peak tips
(magnification). ........................................................................................................................................... 70
List of figures
166
Figure 4.22: Comparison size of geometry of two cruciform samples: small geometry (a) and big
geometry (b). ............................................................................................................................................... 70
Figure 4.23: Stress curves S11 along diagonal path for the big geometry and the small geometry
(a) and magnification (b). .......................................................................................................................... 71
Figure 4.24: Stress curves S22 along diagonal path for the big geometry and the small geometry
(a) and magnification (b). .......................................................................................................................... 71
Figure 4.25: Stress curves S12 along diagonal path for the big geometry and the small geometry
(a) and magnification (b). .......................................................................................................................... 71
Figure 4.26: Geometry of samples with different number of slits studied in order to determine
the influence of the number of slits on the stress state in the central part. ....................................... 72
Figure 4.27: Stresses S11 along diagonal path for geometries with different numbers of slits (a)
and magnification (b). ................................................................................................................................ 73
Figure 4.28: Stresses S22 along diagonal path for geometries with different numbers of slits (a)
and magnification (b). ................................................................................................................................ 73
Figure 4.29: Stresses S12 along diagonal path for geometries with different numbers of slits (a)
and magnification (b). ................................................................................................................................ 74
Figure 4.30: Correspondence between location of slits in the geometry and oscillations of the
stresses S11 in the central part. ................................................................................................................ 74
Figure 4.31: Mean values of stresses S11 over a range of 80 % of the diagonal path for geometries
with a different number of slits. ............................................................................................................... 75
Figure 4.32: Standard deviation of stresses S11 over a range of 80 % of the diagonal path for
geometries with a different number of slits. ........................................................................................... 75
Figure 4.33: Configurations with different locations of two slits. ....................................................... 76
Figure 4.34: Stresses S11 along diagonal path for configurations with different location of slits (a)
and magnification (b). ................................................................................................................................ 77
Figure 4.35: Stresses S22 along diagonal path for configurations with different location of slits (a)
and magnification (b). ................................................................................................................................ 77
Figure 4.36: Stresses S12 along diagonal path for configurations with different location of slits (a)
and magnification (b). ................................................................................................................................ 78
Figure 4.37: Mean values of stresses S11 over a range of 80 % of the diagonal path for geometries
with different location of slits. ................................................................................................................. 78
Figure 4.38: Standard deviations of stresses S11 over a range of 80 % of the diagonal path for
geometries with different locations of slits. ............................................................................................ 79
Figure 4.39: Exact geometry of the biaxial test sample used for the experiments. .......................... 79
Figure 4.40: Load as a function of time for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2,
1:0 and 0:1. .................................................................................................................................................. 80
Figure 4.41: Strain (warp and fill) as a function of time for a biaxial test with successive load
ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1. ................................................................................................................. 80
Figure 4.42: ‘Applied stress’-strain curve in warp direction for a biaxial test with successive load
ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 and a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa. .................................................. 81
Figure 4.43: ’Applied stress’-strain curve in fill direction for a biaxial test with successive load
ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 and a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa. .................................................. 81
Figure 4.44: Stress - strain curve in warp direction for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1,
2:1, 1:2, 1:0, 0:1 and 1:1. ............................................................................................................................ 82
List of figures
167
Figure 4.45: Stress - strain curve in fill direction for a biaxial test with successive load ratios 1:1,
2:1, 1:2, 1:0, 0:1 and 1:1. ............................................................................................................................ 82
Figure 5.1: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of an orthotropic linear elastic
material model. ........................................................................................................................................... 85
Figure 5.2: Calculated and measured strain in the direction opposite to the loading direction for a
uniaxial test in warp direction (a) and in fill direction (b) as a function of the normalized time
during the last loading and unloading cycle. ........................................................................................... 86
Figure 5.3: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with 5
identical cycles having a maximum stress of 24.1 MPa. The material model is an orthotropic
linear elastic material model, the Poisson ratio corresponds to 0.04. ................................................. 86
Figure 5.4: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test in warp
direction (a) and in fill direction (b). The material model is an orthotropic multilinear material
model............................................................................................................................................................ 87
Figure 5.5: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test with
increasing load in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed
by means of a test data based Yeoh hyper elasticity model fitted to the warp direction combined
with a permanent set law. .......................................................................................................................... 90
Figure 5.6: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial test with
increasing load in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed
by means of a hyper elastic Fung model with a scaling factor. ........................................................... 91
Figure 5.7: Material orthogonal basis and yarn local directions for the reference configuration (a)
and the deformed configuration (b) [67] ................................................................................................ 93
Figure 5.8: The actual unloading curve (BCD) is obtained by shifting the user-specified unloading
curve horizontally [67] ............................................................................................................................... 94
Figure 5.9: Experimental stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test and the superimposed points which
define the material behavior in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b) ............................................ 95
Figure 5.10: Experimental stress-strain curve and chosen unloading behavior for a uniaxial test in
warp direction (a) and fill direction (b) ................................................................................................... 96
Figure 5.11: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of the uniaxial test data based
fabric model. ............................................................................................................................................... 96
Figure 5.12: Calculated and experimentally measured strain (perpendicular to the loading
direction) during the first loading and unloading cycle of a uniaxial tensile test having a maximum
stress level of 24.1 MPa as a function of the normalized time in warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The FEM calculations have been performed by means of a uniaxial test data based
fabric model with a stiffness in compression of 0.025 GPa. ............................................................... 97
Figure 5.13: Calculated and experimentally measured strain (perpendicular to the loading
direction) during the first loading and unloading cycle of a uniaxial tensile test having a maximum
stress level of 24.1 MPa as a function of the normalized time in warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The FEM calculations have been performed by means of a uniaxial test data based
fabric model and a stiffness in compression of respectively 0.031 MPa and 0.83 MP in warp and
fill direction. ................................................................................................................................................ 97
List of figures
168
Figure 5.14: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with increasing maximum stress level in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations
have been performed by means of a uniaxial test data based fabric model. ..................................... 98
Figure 5.15: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with
successive load ratios are: 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in
warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of
uniaxial test data based fabric model. ...................................................................................................... 98
Figure 5.16: Experimental stress-strain curve of a biaxial test and the superimposed data points
which define the material behavior in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). ................................ 99
Figure 5.17: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of test data based fabric model
fitted to the biaxial tests. ........................................................................................................................... 99
Figure 5.18: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with increasing maximum stress level in warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations
have been performed by means of a biaxial test data based fabric model ....................................... 100
Figure 5.19: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with
successive load ratios: 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in
both warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a
biaxial test data based fabric model. ...................................................................................................... 100
Figure 5.20: Experimental stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test in fill direction (green) together
with a straight line having the same slope as the unloading curve (orange) (a) and hardening
behavior giving the stress as a function of true equivalent plastic strain (b). .................................. 103
Figure 5.21: Experimentally recorded stress-strain curve for a uniaxial test in warp direction, in
which straight lines are added to determine the yield point (a) and hardening behavior giving the
stress as a function of true equivalent plastic strain for both yield points (b). ................................ 104
Figure 5.22: Optimization of the Voce and Swift material parameters ............................................ 105
Figure 5.23: Voce hardening law defined by optimized parameters for two warp curves and a fill
curve (a) and Swift hardening law defined by optimized parameters for two warp curves and a fill
curve (b) together with the experimental data points. ........................................................................ 106
Figure 5.24: Lankford ratios r0°, r90°, r45° as a function of time........................................................... 107
Figure 5.25: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity material model
in which the yield stress ratios are determined by means of the Lankford ratios. .......................... 109
Figure 5.26: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of the Hill's plasticity material
model, which is fitted to the uniaxial experiments ignoring the crimp interchange. The
experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp
interchange. ............................................................................................................................................... 110
Figure 5.27: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity material model,
which is fitted to the uniaxial experiments ignoring the crimp interchange. ................................... 110
List of figures
169
Figure 5.28: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with an increasing maximum stress level: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations
have been performed by means of the Hill's plasticity material model, which is fitted to the
uniaxial experiments ignoring the crimp interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill
direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp interchange. ...................................... 111
Figure 5.29: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with
successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp
direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill
plasticity material model, which is fitted to the uniaxial experiments ignoring the crimp
interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove
the effect of crimp interchange. ............................................................................................................. 111
Figure 5.30: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of the Hill's plasticity material
model, which is fitted to a biaxial experiment ignoring the crimp interchange. The experimental
stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp interchange.
..................................................................................................................................................................... 112
Figure 5.31: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with increasing maximum stress level: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations
have been performed by means of the Hill's plasticity material model, which is fitted to a biaxial
experiment ignoring the crimp interchange. The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is
shifted to the left to remove the effect of crimp interchange. .......................................................... 112
Figure 5.32: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with
successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp
direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of the Hill's
plasticity material model, which is fitted to a biaxial experiment ignoring the crimp interchange.
The experimental stress-strain curve in fill direction is shifted to the left to remove the effect of
crimp interchange. .................................................................................................................................... 112
Figure 5.33: Optimization scheme for the yield stress ratio R11 ...................................................... 114
Figure 5.34: Determination of the yield stress factor R11 by minimizing the cost function (a) and
comparison of the computed Hill plasticity stress-strain curve in warp direction with the
experimentally recorded stress-strain curve in warp direction (b) .................................................... 114
Figure 5.35: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity model, which is
fitted to the uniaxial tensile test in fill direction. .................................................................................. 115
Figure 5.36: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tests with
increasing load: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by
means of a Hill plasticity model, which is fitted to the uniaxial test in fill direction. ..................... 115
Figure 5.37: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with
successive load ratios are: 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa in
warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill
plasticity model fitted to the uniaxial experimental test in fill direction. ......................................... 116
Figure 5.38: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tensile test
with load cycle repetition having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp direction (a) and fill
List of figures
170
direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill plasticity model, which is
fitted to the experimental biaxial stress-strain curves. ........................................................................ 116
Figure 5.39: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a uniaxial tests with
increasing load: warp direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by
means of a Hill plasticity model, which is fitted to the experimental biaxial stress-strain curves.
..................................................................................................................................................................... 117
Figure 5.40: Calculated and experimentally measured stress-strain curves for a biaxial test with
successive load ratios 1:1, 2:1, 1:2, 1:0 and 0:1 having a maximum stress level of 24.1 MPa: warp
direction (a) and fill direction (b). The calculations have been performed by means of a Hill
plasticity model, which is fitted to the experimental biaxial test. ...................................................... 117
Figure 5.41: Color code used for the strain field in warp direction. ................................................. 118
Figure 5.42: Biaxial load cycle, with the superimposed points of extraction (blue dots). .............. 119
Figure 5.43: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 1:1 at the specified
load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ............................................................. 119
Figure 5.44: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 2:1 at the specified
load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ............................................................. 119
Figure 5.45: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 1:2 at the specified
load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ............................................................. 120
Figure 5.46: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 1:0 at the specified
load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ............................................................. 120
Figure 5.47: Contour plots of the strain field in warp direction for load ratio 0:1 at the specified
load level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ............................................................. 120
Figure 5.48: Color code used for the strain field in fill direction. ..................................................... 121
Figure 5.49: Contour plots of the strain field in fill direction for load ratio 1:1 at the specified load
level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ...................................................................... 121
Figure 5.50: Contour plots of the strain field in fill direction for load ratio 2:1 at the specified load
level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ...................................................................... 121
Figure 5.51: Contour plots of the strain field in fill direction for load ratio 1:2 at the specified load
level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ...................................................................... 122
Figure 5.52: Contour plots of the strain field in fill direction for load ratio 1:0 at the specified load
level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model. ...................................................................... 122
Figure 5.53: Contour plots of the strain field in fill direction for load ratio 0:1 at the specified load
level: experiment (a), fabric model (b) and Hill model ....................................................................... 122
171
List of tables
Table 4.1: Elasticity constants and other material constants for the membrane material. .............. 64
Table 5.1: Young’s moduli in warp and fill direction for all linearized parts of the stress-strain
curve ............................................................................................................................................................. 87
Table 5.2: Optimized parameters of the Voce hardening law for two warp and one fill hardening
curves. ........................................................................................................................................................ 105
Table 5.3: Optimized parameters of the Swift hardening law for two warp and one fill hardening
curves. ........................................................................................................................................................ 105